UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

LEATT CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as as specified in its charter)

Nevada 20-2819367
(State or other jurisdiction (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization)  

50 Kiepersol Drive, Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof Road,
Durbanville, Western Cape, South Africa, 7441
(Address of Principal Executive Offices; Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:   +(27) 21-557-7257

Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which each class is
to be so registered to be registered
   
None None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value 0.001

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition for “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer [   ] Accelerated Filer                    [   ]
Non-Accelerated Filer   [   ] Smaller Reporting Company [X]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number   Page
     
Item 1. Business 4
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 17
     
Item 2. Financial Information 21
     
Item 3. Properties 29
     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 29
     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 31
     
Item 6. Executive Compensation 34
     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 36
     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 37
     
Item 9 Market Price of and Dividends on Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 38
     
Item 10. Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities 38
     
Item 11. Description of Securities to be Registered 39
     
Item 12. Indemnification of Officers and Directors 41
     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 42
     
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 42
     
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Our Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” above.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements relating to:

Also, forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this registration statement and the documents that we reference and filed as exhibits to the registration statement completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

Use of Certain Defined Terms

Except as otherwise indicated by the context, references in this registration statement to:

3


OUR BUSINESS

Overview of Our Business

Leatt designs, develops, markets and distributes personal protective equipment for participants in all forms of motor sports and leisure activities, including riders of motorcycles, bicycles, snowmobiles and ATVs, as well as racing car drivers. The Company sells its products to customers worldwide through a global network of distributors and retailers. Leatt also acts as the original equipment manufacturer for neck braces sold by other international brands.

The Company’s flagship products are based on the Leatt-Brace® system, a patented injection molded neck protection system owned by Xceed Holdings, designed to prevent potentially devastating injuries to the cervical spine and neck. The Company has the exclusive global manufacturing, distribution, sale and use rights to the Leatt-Brace®, pursuant to a license agreement between the Company and Xceed Holdings, a company owned and controlled by the Company’s Chairman and founder, Dr. Christopher Leatt. The Company also has the right to use apparatus embodying, employing and containing the Leatt-Brace® technology and has designed, developed, marketed and distributed other personal protective equipment.

The Company’s research and development efforts are conducted at its research facilities, located at its executive headquarters in Cape Town, South Africa. The Company employs 6 full-time employees who are dedicated exclusively to research, development, and testing. The Company also utilizes consultants, academic institutions and engineering companies as independent contractors or consultants, from time to time, to assist it with its research and development efforts. Leatt products have been tested and reviewed internally and by external bodies. All Leatt products are compliant with applicable European Union directives, or CE certified, where appropriate. Certain products, such as the Moto R, have been certified by SFI Foundation (USA) and the Moto GPX was tested by BMW Motorrad (Germany) and reviewed by KTM (Austria). The Company is also in discussions with governing and racing bodies, such as the Fédération Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM) and the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing (NASCAR), to have the Leatt-Brace® accredited by these bodies.

Our products are manufactured in China under outsource manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers located there. The Company utilizes outside consultants and its own employees to ensure the quality of its products through regular on-site product inspections. Products purchased through international sales are usually shipped directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses or points of dispatch to customers or their import agents.

Leatt earns revenues through the sale of its products through approximately 60 distributors worldwide, who in turn sell its products to retailers. Leatt distributors are required to follow certain standard business terms and guidelines for the sale and distribution of Leatt products. Two Eleven and Leatt SA directly distribute Leatt products to retailers in the United States and South Africa, respectively. Our sales revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $17,878,727 and $14,330,072, respectively, and our net income (net loss) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $764,499 and ($208,562), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues associated with international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.

Our Corporate History and Structure

We were incorporated in the State of Nevada on March 11, 2005 under the name Tradezone, Inc. Until March 2006, we were a shell company with little or no operations. Effective as of March 1, 2006, we acquired the exclusive global manufacturing, distribution, sale and use rights to the Leatt-Brace®, pursuant to a license agreement between the Company and Xceed Holdings, a company owned and controlled by the Company’s Chairman and founder, Dr. Christopher Leatt. On May 25, 2005, we changed our name to Leatt Corporation in connection with our anticipated acquisition of the Leatt-Brace® rights.

4


Leatt South Africa

The Company conducts business in South Africa as a foreign registered branch known as ‘Leatt Corporation, (Incorporated in the State of Nevada),’ registered under the laws of South Africa with registration number: 2007/032780/10. Based in Cape Town, South Africa, Leatt SA was formed on November 14, 2007, for conducting the Company’s business and operations in South Africa. Our corporate headquarters and our research and development efforts are based at Leatt SA.

Establishment of Two Eleven, Three Eleven and Leatt USA

On August 17, 2007, the Company established Two Eleven Distribution, a California limited liability company, as its wholly-owned subsidiary. Located in Santa Clarita, California, Two Eleven was formed to serve as the Company’s executive offices in the United States, as well as the exclusive distributor of Leatt® products in the United States.

Southern Palace Investments 409 (Proprietary) Limited, a South African company, was established on October 12, 2007, by the Company, to engage in the manufacturing and distribution of sporting goods and protective gear. The company was inactive until March 2009, when it acquired all intellectual property rights related to an invention entitled the Helmet® from Xceed Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of ZAR 943,480 (approximately, $90,000) pursuant to a patent assignment agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between Xceed Holdings and Southern Palace, doing business as Three Eleven Distribution. On February 10, 2010, Southern Palace formally changed its name to Three Eleven Distribution to reflect its business purpose.

On June 26, 2010, the Company established Leatt USA, LLC, a Nevada Limited Liability Company, as our wholly-owned subsidiary and for the purpose of holding our California subsidiary, Two Eleven Distribution. However, as of the date of this registration statement the Company had not moved forward with its original plan and Leatt USA remains dormant.

Wind-up of Leatt New Zealand

On March 13, 2009, the Company established Leatt New Zealand Limited, a New Zealand company, as its wholly-owned subsidiary. Leatt New Zealand served as the exclusive distributor of Leatt-Brace® products in New Zealand, until the fourth quarter of 2011 when it ceased operations and became dormant. The Company has appointed an unrelated third party distributor to distribute its products in the New Zealand market.

Settlement Agreement

As consideration for their management and other services to the Company, we agreed to issue 20,000,000 shares of our common stock, and 19,200,000 shares of our preferred stock to Dr. Leatt, 5,000,000 shares of our common stock and 4,800,000 shares of our preferred stock to Jean-Pierre De Villiers, and 50,000 shares of our common stock to Ervian Jarrett. We issued the common stock to Dr. Leatt, Mr. De Villiers and Ms. Jarrett in accordance with the agreement, but we did not issue any preferred shares to Dr. Leatt or Mr. De Villiers. On September 25, 2008, in settlement of our obligation to issue Dr. Leatt and Mr. De Villiers shares of preferred stock, we entered into a Settlement Agreement with them, pursuant to which they agreed to release us from any and all liability arising out of or related to our failure to satisfy our prior obligation to them, and we issued 16,800,000 shares of our common stock and 2,400,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to Dr. Leatt, and 4,200,000 shares of our common stock and 600,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to Mr. De Villiers. The Series A Preferred Stock entitles Dr. Leatt and Mr. De Villiers to one hundred votes for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held (voting with the common stock as a single class). The Series A Preferred Stock converts into common stock, on a one-for-one basis, has a liquidation preference equal to $0.001 par value per share and is redeemable by us at $0.001 par value per share upon the occurrence of specified events, but it is not transferable and does not entitle Dr. Leatt and Mr. De Villiers to dividends.

5


Our Corporate Structure

The following chart reflects our organizational structure as of the date of this registration statement.

Our corporate headquarters are located at 50 Kiepersol Drive, Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof Road, Durbanville, Western Cape, South Africa, 7441. Our telephone number is +(27) 21-557-7257. We maintain a website at www.leatt.com that contains information about our Company, but that information is not incorporated into, or otherwise considered a part of, this registration statement.

Our Industry and Market Trends

Off-Road Motorcycle Market


       

Our products have their roots in the off-road motorcycle market. Our revolutionary neck brace was invented by Dr. Leatt to protect from catastrophic neck injuries after he witnessed the death of a fellow rider the weekend after his son’s riding debut. As a result, our original products target participants in off- road cycling activities such as BMX racing and downhill racing. The off-road motorcycle market is estimated to have 1.5 million riders in the U.S. and 3 million riders worldwide. According to a RacerX magazine October 2011 reader survey, approximately 45% of riders still do not wear a neck brace for protection. A RacerX survey shows that, as at October 2011, we had an approximately 74% market share for neck braces and 2.9% of the market share for chest protectors in the U.S. market, which represents approximately 50% the world market. We believe that we have gained our market share, largely due to the innovation and quality of our products, the growth of the market, our increased marketing efforts and our steps to secure our international patents and protect our patents from infringement.

We also design and sell products for use by participants in other recreational sports such as ATV, go-kart and snowmobile users, race-car drivers and participants in other sports where a full face helmet should be worn. As a result, our overall performance in the market is also affected by the performance of these industries, especially in jurisdictions where the use of helmets are compulsory.

Other Recreational Markets

Some of our neck brace and body protection products are designed for use by drivers of motor vehicles as well as participants in other recreational activities, such as go-kart users, speedboat racers and snowmobile users.

6


Our Products

The Company designs, develops, distributes and markets over 1,000 products, parts and accessories based on the Leatt-Brace®, a patented neck protection system for all helmeted sports, developed by Leatt’s Chairman and Founder, Dr. Christopher James Leatt, MB ChB (UCT).

The Leatt-Brace®
     

The Leatt-Brace® is a prophylactic neck bracing system composed of various combinations of carbon fiber, glass fiber, polycarbonate or Glass Filled Nylon, which was designed to help prevent potentially devastating motor sport injuries to the cervical spine (neck). The first Leatt–Brace® was designed for motorcycle and ATV use, where there is little means of protecting the neck in the event of an accident, but the Leatt-Brace® has been designed in such a way as to offer neck protection to all who utilize a crash helmet as a form of protection, including soldiers, law enforcement officers and other professionals whose activities could result in cervical spine injury.

The Company currently markets and sells four models of Leatt-Brace® products which bring the safety benefits of the Leatt-Brace® technology to a large group of sports participants: our GPX model for off-road motorcycle use; our DBX model, for downhill and BMX bicycle ranges; our SNX model for snowmobile use; and our STX model for street commuters. The GPX models include the GPX Club III, which is fully adjustable, the GPX Adventure III, which is less adjustable, and the GPX Pro, which is a full carbon brace. Our DBX models include the DBX Comp III, which is fully adjustable, the DBX Ride III, which is less adjustable, and the DBX Pro which is a full carbon brace. The SNX model includes the SNX Pilot, which is fully adjustable. We believe that the GPX Pro and the DBX Pro are the future of neck protection, and their current standing as the lightest and most comfortable neck braces on the market firmly establishes the Company as a technological leader. The Company offers various versions and colors of these products to appeal to different clients and price points.

Leatt-Brace® products have attracted worldwide interest and we have corresponded with global motorsports governing bodies such as the FIM, Motorsport South Africa, NASCAR and the FIA, with motor racing teams such as the KTM Racing Team, with automotive and motorcycle manufacturers, and with global retailers and distributors of protective gear for motor and extreme sports. We are also in discussions with the FIM, NASCAR and the FIA, to have the Leatt-Brace® accredited. Our Leatt-Brace® and chest protection products have acquired CE certification where necessary to distribute and sell products in the EU countries.

The Leatt-Brace® products have won a series of awards and accolades since 2007, including the following:

We believe that the quality of Leatt-Brace® products has resulted in increased sales since inception. We have sold in excess of 385,000 units of Leatt-Brace® products worldwide to date, with 79,977 units sold in 2010 and 88,128 units sold to date in 2011, already representing a year on year increase in units sold. Approximately 9% of our 2010 unit sales were from our new DBX bicycle brace and this number has increased to 14% of unit sales in 2011. Our new STX street brace, which was introduced to the market in 2011, accounted for 6% of unit sales in 2011.

7


Leatt Protection Range

While we remain committed to the ongoing improvement and enhancement of the Leatt-Brace® and we are also focusing on the development of related and complimentary protection products. We now offer additional protection products, such as chest protectors, that can be worn with or without the Leatt-Brace®, as well as ancillary products such as clothing. Such products have a wider range of uses including in activities such as rugby, horseback riding, snowboarding, skiing and any activity where researched technology can be applied to help prevent injury.

In 2010 we launched the Leatt Protection Range with the introduction of the Leatt Adventure Chest Protector, a hard shell chest protector, and in 2011 we introduced junior protectors, body vests and full body protectors. All our protectors come standard with the Brace-On™ integration system that attaches the protector to the Leatt Brace yet permit independent movement of the brace and protector. We expect to release further new hard and soft protection products in May 2013.

The Leatt Protection Range has also seen increasing sales since inception. Revenue derived from Leatt protection products in 2010 was 2% of total revenue, as compared to 8% of revenues to date in 2011.In November 2011, the Leatt Adventure Chest Protector was awarded a perfect sore (10/10) in a product evaluation done on Motocrossgear.com, an industry association.

Other Products, Parts and Accessories

The nature of our product is such that certain components collapse and fail in a controlled mode to help prevent further bodily injury. In light of this, we also provide aftermarket support for users of our products through our global distribution network. Specific parts of the product or the entire product may need to be replaced after a significant impact. Our aftermarket support primarily entails the replacement of worn or damaged parts, as well as sale of accessories, including hats, bags and hydration kits. We also sell clothing and outerwear.

Manufacturing

     

Our products are manufactured in China in accordance with our manufacturing specifications, pursuant to outsource manufacturing arrangements with third- party manufacturers who are our production partners. Our primary production partner has the capacity to produce more than 120,000 braces per year and has the space to expand such capacity as required. We place orders for our products with our production partners along with a deposit of up to 30% of the value of such order, with the balance payable upon fulfillment of the order and passage of our quality inspection process.

Although our production partners have their own internal quality control departments, to safeguard our high manufacturing standards and ensure the consistent quality of our products, our outside consultants and our own employees also conduct regular on-site product inspections of the production process. All finished products are inspected by our employees or retained consultants prior to shipment and we use the latest testing equipment and methodologies to ensure that our products perform as intended under operational conditions.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

Our products are manufactured from generally available engineering materials, such as thermoset carbon fiber, glass fiber reinforced nylon, high impact polycarbonate resin. The cost of materials used in our products varies depending on the target market for, and the price of, our products. The prices of these raw materials are determined based upon prevailing market conditions and supply and demand and global conditions may impact the supply of these raw materials and adversely affect the supply of our products. We have not experienced any interruptions to our production due to shortage of our raw materials.

8


Our production partners arrange for the purchase of most of the raw materials that are used to manufacture our products and they pay for the cost of such materials. However, we directly source and pay for certain highly specialized protection materials that are used to produce our products. Furthermore, in the event that we need to maintain a specified production capacity, we may acquire raw materials on behalf of our production partners to secure such production capacity.

We have implemented certain protocols to check the quality of raw materials used in the production process. Our production partner is required to perform prescribed strength testing on critical parts of certain products. In addition, certain materials are tested by our research and development staff at Leatt SA and by independent material laboratories for compliance to manufacturing and material specification.

Our Customers

Leatt earns revenues through the sale of its products to customers worldwide through a global network of distributors and retailers. Leatt also acts as the original equipment manufacturer for neck braces sold by certain international brands. Leatt sells its products directly to distributors in South Africa (through Leatt SA), in the USA (through Two Eleven), and through a network of 60 third-party distributors worldwide. Our distributors are required to follow certain standard business terms and guidelines for the sale and distribution of our products. Two Eleven also sells our products directly to consumers through our online store available at www.leatt.com.

Products purchased through international sales are usually shipped directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses or points of dispatch to customers or their import agents. Revenue and related cost of revenue is recognized at the time of shipment from the manufacturer’s port when shipping terms are Free On Board (FOB) shipping point, Cost and Freight (CFR) or Cost and Insurance to named place (CIP) as legal title and risk of loss to the product pass to the customer.

We generate revenue both in the United States and internationally. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues associated with international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.

We have derived a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our U.S. revenue was earned from five and six customers that accounted for approximately 36% and 36% of annual U.S. revenue, respectively, with our largest customer in the U.S. accounting for approximately 8% and 10% of our U.S. sales for those years, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $560,717, or 19%, and $329,505, or 14% of our accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our international revenue (not including the U.S.) was earned from five customers that accounted for approximately 37% and 41% of our annual international revenue for the respective periods, with our largest international customers accounting for approximately 10% and 9% of international sales for respective periods. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $181,311, or 1%, and $928,274, or 32% of our accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these international customers.

Advertising and Marketing

We first gained market recognition through customer word-of-mouth and later through third-party articles and reviews of the Leatt-Brace® in motorcycle and racing magazines, and unsolicited and unpaid endorsements from current and former celebrity motocross (and other) riders. Now we advertise our products in various motorsport industry magazines and in related online media. We also enhance our image through the sponsorship of sporting events, teams and individuals.

As a result of our marketing efforts, and based on our internal marketing estimates, we believe that approximately 36%, or 1,800, of the approximately 5,000 genuine motorcycle and apparel dealers in the U.S. now stock Leatt products, and approximately 150 of the motorcycle and apparel dealers in South Africa stock Leatt products. We expect that the number of our distributors and dealers will also grow as the market segments that we sell to and our product offering grows.

9


Our advertising and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1,578,346 and $1,265,655, respectively representing approximately 9% and 9%, respectively, of our revenues. The increase in advertising and marketing is attributable to introducing our increased range of products to new global markets.

Our Growth Strategy

We are committed to growing our business in the coming years. The key elements of our growth strategy are summarized below:

Our Research and Development Efforts

     

Our research and development efforts are headed by our Chairman and Founder, Dr. Christopher Leatt, and are conducted at our research facility, or Leatt Lab, located at our executive headquarters in Cape Town, South Africa.

The facility houses a team of bio-medical engineers and designers who ensure products are scientifically and bio-medically sound. This facility features state of the art testing and prototyping equipment and sophisticated simulation models. Leatt also utilizes consultants, academic institutions and engineering companies from time to time to assist us with our research and development efforts.

We believe that the development of new products and new technology is critical to our success. We are continuously working to improve the quality, efficiency and cost-effectiveness of our existing products. All our products have achieved CE certification when necessary. We are working to develop technology to expand our range of products with further innovation, comfort, ergonomics and market appeal. We believe that our scientific and medical approach to product development gives our products a competitive edge. Our research and development expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, amounted to $1,224,965 and $1,083,635, respectively. These expenses included salaries for research and development staff as well as other direct product development and research costs.

10


Competition

We compete with various domestic and international manufacturers and distributors, some of whom have substantially greater financial and other resources than we currently have. We have various competitors that have developed a line of personal protective equipment catering to the motorcycle and racing vehicle market. Competition is based on quality, price reputation, industry endorsements and certifications, as well as, on product design, brand names, marketing support and distribution strategies. We believe that our products can be distinguished from the products offered by our competitors due to the fact that our products are innovative, safety tested, versatile, aesthetically appealing, priced competitively and comfortable without compromising quality and performance.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

11


Our Intellectual Property

We believe that the continued success of our business is dependent on our intellectual property portfolio consisting of globally registered trademarks, design patents and utility patents related to the Leatt-Brace®. Most of these initial intellectual property rights are held by Xceed Holdings, a corporation controlled by our Chairman, Dr. Christopher Leatt and the rest of these rights are held by the Company and Three Eleven Distribution, our South African subsidiary. We license most of our intellectual property from Xceed Holdings, pursuant to a patent and royalty license agreement, or Licensing Agreement, dated March 1, 2006, between the Company and Xceed Holdings. Under the terms of the Licensing Agreement, we are obligated to pay Xceed Holdings 4% of all our revenues from the Leatt-Brace®. In addition, pursuant to a separate license agreement between us and Mr. De Villiers, we are obligated to pay a royalty fee of 1% of all our billed and received sales revenue, in quarterly installments, based on sales of the previous quarter, to a trust that is beneficially owned and controlled by Mr. De Villiers. We also rely on nondisclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our technology.

The following table lists our licensed and proprietary patents and designs:


Country

Application No

Patent No

Filing Date

Grant Date
Invention
Title

Status
Renewal
Date
USA (CIP) 11/778,840 7,846,117 17-Jul-07 12/7/2010 Damper Brace Granted 6/7/2014
Australia 2008277318   25-Jan-10   Damper Brace Accepted 7/17/2013
Europe 8789345.9   15-Jan-10   Damper Brace Abandoned 7/17/2012
USA (nat phase) 12/669,792 19-Jan-10 Damper Brace Pending
USA 12/598,383   30-Oct-09   Back Protector Pending  
Australia 2,008,243,788   9-Nov-09   Back Protector Accepted 4/30/2013
Brazil PI0810464-6   21-Oct-09   Back Protector Pending 7/30/2012
Europe 8738037.4   24-Nov-09   Back Protector Pending 4/30/2012
PCT* PCT/IB2010/054 446   1-Oct-10   Chest Protector Pending  

12



UK 1119264.8   8-Nov-11   Knee Brace Pending  
UK 1118611.1   27-Oct-11   CRS Pending  
Brazil PI0618410-3   4/11/2008   Helmet Pending 1/12/2013
China 200680038079.0 ZL20068003 8079.0 4/14/2008 12/22/2010 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Indonesia W00200801199   5/28/2008   Helmet Pending  
India 1863/KOLNP/20 08 5/8/2008   Helmet Pending  
USA 12/280,105   8/20/2008   Helmet Pending  
Hong Kong 08112556.3 HK 1120 708 11/17/2008 8/27/2010 Helmet Granted 10/13/2013
Germany 06809017.4 60 2006 010 418.9-08 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
France 06809017.4 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
UK 06809017.4 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Italy 67618/BE/2010 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Netherlands 06809017.4 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Austria 06809017.4 AT-E 0447866 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Spain 06809017.4 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
Sweden 06809017.4 1933656 3/31/2008 11/11/2009 Helmet Granted 10/13/2012
USA 29/297,349 D609,815 11/8/2007 2/9/2010 Leatt Sock Kit Registered  
USA 29/381,768 D649,649 12/22/2010 11/9/2011 STX Brace Registered  
Europe 001 251 508- 0001 001 251 508-0001 12/23/2010 1/7/2011 STX Brace Registered 12/23/2015
Australia 15733/2010 334789 12/23/2010 1/24/2011 STX Brace Registered 12/23/2015
Japan 2010-031383 1422456 12/23/2010 8/5/2011 STX Brace Registered 8/6/2012

____________________

* The Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, is an international agreement for filing patent applications having effect in up to 117 countries. Under the PCT, an inventor can file a single international patent application in one language with one patent office in order to simultaneously seek protection for an invention in up to 117 countries throughout the world.

____________________

Patents applicable to specific products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent application filing or patent grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, depends upon the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies in the country. Issued patents or patents based on pending patent applications or any future patent applications may not exclude competitors or may not provide a competitive advantage to us. In addition, patents issued or licensed to us may not be held valid if subsequently challenged and others may claim rights in or ownership of such patents. In addition, the validity and breadth of claims in protective gear technology patents involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, the extent of their enforceability and protection is highly uncertain.

13


The following table lists our licensed and/or registered and pending trademarks:

Country Trade Mark Application No Registration No Filing Date Renewal Date Status
China Leatt 6287824 6287824 21/09/2007 20/02/2020 Registered
China The Helmet for your Neck Device 6287823 6287823 21/09/2007 20/02/2020 Registered
CTM* Leatt-Brace 006313993 006313993 19/09/2007 19/09/2017 Registered
CTM The Helmet for your neck 006314009 006314009 19/09/2007 19/09/2017 Registered
CTM Leatt 006314017 006314017 19/09/2007 19/09/2017 Registered
CTM Device (The Helmet for your neck) 006314132 006314132 19/09/2007 19/09/2017 Registered
USA ALPT 77/742,823 3,926,378 22/05/2009 01/03/2021 Registered
USA Alternative Load Path Technology 77/742,826 3868833 22/05/2009 26/10/2020 Registered
CTM Alternative Load Path Technology 008358046 008358046 11/06/2009 11/06/2019 Registered
CTM Alternative Load Path 008358061 008358061 11/06/2009 11/06/2019 Registered
CTM ALPT 008358079 008358079 11/06/2009 11/06/2019 Registered
USA Leatt Device 77/765,739 3,861,760 6/23/2009 10/12/2019 Registered
CTM Leatt Device 008444168    7/23/2009 7/23/2019 Registered
Australia Leatt 1372902    7/16/2010    Response to Official Action filed.
Japan Leatt 2010- 056635 5432253 7/16/2010 2021/0812 Registered
Australia Leatt 1385227    9/22/2010    Response to Official Action to be filed.
Japan Leatt 2010-74427 5403909 22/09/2010 22/09/2020 Registered
CTM Leatt 009395997 009395997 23/09/2010 23/09/2020 Registered
Brazil Leatt Brace 829468323 829468323 03/11/2010 03/11/2020 Registered
Brazil Leatt Brace (Special Script) 829994920 829994920 11/24/2008 08/02/2021 Registered
Brazil Leatt Brace (Special Script) 829994939 829994939 11/24/2008 08/02/2021 Registered
Brazil Leatt (Special Script) 830409432    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.
Brazil Leatt and Device 830409440    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.

14



Brazil Leatt and Device 902094165    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.
Brazil Leatt and Device 902094149    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.
Brazil Leatt (Special Script) 902094238    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.
Brazil Leatt and Device 902094190    11/5/2009    Advertised 8 December 2009. Pending examination.
Canada LEATT 1535498    7/13/2011    Response to office action filed
USA BraceOn 85/429,145    9/22/2011    Response to office action filed
Australia BraceOn 1450772   23/09/2011   Pending
CTM BraceOn 010288405    23/09/2011    Response to office action filed
New Zealand Leatt 829603    9/9/2010 9/9/2020 Registered
New Zealand Leatt 831034    9/27/2010 9/27/2020 Registered
New Zealand Leatt 831035    9/27/2010 9/27/2020 Registered
New Zealand Leatt 831036    9/27/2010 9/27/2010 Registered
South Africa DEVICE (NEW LOGO) 2009/11856 2009/11856 26/06/2009 26/06/2019 Registered
South Africa DEVICE (NEW LOGO) 2009/11857 2009/11857 26/06/2009 26/06/2019 Registered
South Africa DEVICE (NEW LOGO) 2009/11858    26/06/2009 26/06/2019 Advertised
October 2011
South Africa Leatt-Brace (Special Script) 2004/08584 2004/08584 28/05/2004 28/05/2014 Registered
South Africa Leatt 2006/22761 2006/22761 26/09/2006 26/09/2016 Registered
South Africa The Helmet for your Neck 2006/22760 2006/22760 26/09/2006 26/09/2016 Registered
South Africa Helmet for your Neck Device 2007/15892 2007/15892 19/07/2007 19/07/2017 Registered
South Africa Helmet for your Neck Device 2007/15893 19/07/2007 19/07/2017 Accepted 3
February 2012
South Africa Adventure Leatt and Device 2008/15403 2008/15403 04/07/2008 04/07/2018 Registered

15



South Africa Adventure Leatt and Device 2008/15404 2008/15404 04/07/2008 04/07/2018 Registered
South Africa Adventure Leatt and Device 2008/15405 2008/15405 04/07/2008 04/07/2018 Registered
South Africa Adventure Brace 2008/28131 2008/28131 01/12/2008 01/12/2018 Registered
South Africa Adventure Brace 2008/28132 2008/28132 01/12/2008 01/12/2018 Registered
South Africa Adventure Brace 2008/28133 2008/28133 01/12/2008 01/12/2018 Registered
USA Leatt 85135308   9/22/2010   Accepted

____________________

* A Community Trade Mark or CTM, is any trademark which is pending registration or has been registered in the European Union as a whole (rather than on a national level within the EU). The CTM system creates a unified trademark registration system in Europe, whereby one registration provides protection by being enforceable in all member states of the EU.

____________________

From time to time, we have had to enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation and we may be required to do so in the future. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us. We cannot assure you that our competitors have not developed or will not develop similar products, will not duplicate our products, or will not design around any patents issued to or licensed by us. We believe that a loss of these rights would harm or cause a material disruption to our business and, our corporate strategy is to aggressively take legal action against any violators of our intellectual property rights, regardless of where they may be.

Our Employees

As of March 31, 2012, we employed 42 full-time employees and no part-time employees. The following table sets forth the number of our full-time employees by function as of March 30, 2012.

Employee Function  
Executive 5
Internet Technology 2
Product 5
Marketing and Distribution 10
Finance and Logistics 10
Research and Development 6
Legal and Compliance 2
Customer Service 2
Total 42

We are required to pay UIF, or unemployment insurance, for each of our South African employees. We are also required to withhold income taxes for our South African and U.S. based employees. We generally provide health care benefits and other standard benefits to our employees. We do not have any pension or retirement plans for any of our employees.

We believe that we maintain a satisfactory working relationship with our employees and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or any difficulty in recruiting staff for our operations.

16


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this registration statement, before investing in our securities. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business could be harmed. You should refer to the other information set forth or referred to in this registration statement, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes incorporated by reference herein.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

The ongoing global economic turmoil could negatively affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The ongoing turmoil in the global economy, especially in the U.S. and Europe, may have an impact on our business and our financial condition, and we may face challenges if economic conditions do not improve. These economic conditions impact levels of consumer spending, which have deteriorated and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. If demand for our products fluctuates as a result of these economic conditions or otherwise, our revenue and gross margin could be harmed.

In order to grow at the pace expected by management, we will require additional capital to support our long-term growth strategies. If we are unable to obtain additional capital in future years, we may be unable to proceed with our plans and we may be forced to curtail our operations.

Our working capital requirements and the cash flow provided by future operating activities, if any, will vary greatly from quarter to quarter, depending on the volume of business during the period and payment terms with our customers. We will require additional working capital to support our long-term growth strategies, which includes identifying suitable targets for horizontal or vertical mergers or acquisitions so as to enhance the overall productivity and benefit from economies of scale. However, due to the uncertainty arising out of domestic and global economic conditions and the ongoing tightening of domestic credit markets, we may not be able to generate adequate cash flows or obtain adequate levels of additional financing, whether through equity financing, debt financing or other sources. Even if we are able to get additional financing, it might not be on terms that are favorable to the Company. Furthermore, additional financings could result in significant dilution to our earnings per share or the issuance of securities with rights superior to our current outstanding securities, including registration rights. If we are unable to raise additional financing, we may be unable to implement our long-term growth strategies, develop or enhance our products and services, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, a lack of additional financing could force us to substantially curtail operations.

A substantial amount of our sales revenue is derived from sales to a limited number of customers, and our business will suffer if sales to these customers decline.

We have derived a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our U.S. revenue was earned from five and six customers that accounted for approximately 36% and 36% of annual U.S. revenue, respectively, with our largest customer in the U.S. accounting for approximately 8% and 10% of our U.S. sales for those years, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $560,717, or 19%, and $329,505, or 14% of our accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these customers. We do not have long term contractual arrangements or regular negotiation with most of these wholesale customers. The loss of one or more of these customers could damage our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We engage in international sales, which expose us to trade restrictions that could harm our business and competitive position.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues from product sales to international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of our total revenue, respectively. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with shipping products across borders, including shipping delays, customs duties, export quotas and other trade restrictions that could have a significant impact on our revenue and profitability. While we have not encountered significant difficulties in connection with the sales of our products in international markets, if we cannot deliver our products on a competitive and timely basis, our relationships with international customers will be damaged and our financial condition could also be harmed. Furthermore, the future imposition of, or significant increases in, the level of custom duties, export quotas or other trade restrictions could have an adverse effect on us. We cannot assure you that the laws of foreign jurisdictions where we sell and seek to sell our products afford similar or any protection of our intellectual property rights as may be available under U.S. laws. We are directly impacted by the political, economic, military and other conditions in the countries where we sell or seek to sell our products.

17


Expansion of our business may put added pressure on our management, financial resources and operational infrastructure impeding our ability to meet any increased demand for our medical products and possibly hurting our operating results.

Our business plan is to significantly grow our operations to meet anticipated growth in demand for existing products, and by the introduction of new product offerings. Our planned growth includes the construction of several new production lines to be put into operation over the next five years. Growth in our business may place a significant strain on our personnel, management, financial systems and other resources. We may be unable to successfully and rapidly expand sales to potential customers in response to potentially increasing demand or control costs associated with our growth.

To accommodate any such growth and compete effectively, we may need to obtain additional funding to improve information systems, procedures and controls and expand, train, motivate and manage our employees, and such funding may not be available in sufficient quantities, if at all. If we are not able to manage these activities and implement these strategies successfully to expand to meet any increased demand, our operating results could suffer.

We rely on patent and trade secret laws that are complex and difficult to enforce and we may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we are not able to adequately secure and protect our patent, trademark and other proprietary rights our business may be materially affected.

The continued success of our business is dependent on our intellectual property portfolio consisting of globally registered trademarks, design patents and utility patents related to the Leatt-Brace®. We also rely on nondisclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our technology. In addition, the validity and breadth of claims in protective gear technology patents involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, the extent of their enforceability and protection is highly uncertain. Issued patents or patents based on pending patent applications or any future patent applications may not exclude competitors or may not provide a competitive advantage to us. In addition, patents issued or licensed to us may not be held valid if subsequently challenged and others may claim rights in or ownership of such patents. We cannot assure you that our competitors have not developed or will not develop similar products, will not duplicate our products, or will not design around any patents issued to or licensed by us. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us.

We believe that a loss of these rights would harm or cause a material disruption to our business and, our corporate strategy is to aggressively take legal action against any violators of our intellectual property rights, regardless of where they may be. From time to time, we have had to enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation and we may be required to do so in the future. Although we have intellectual property insurance to assist us in burdening the costs of expensive litigation, such litigation may result in substantial costs and could divert resources and management attention from the operations of our business.

We depend on key personnel, and turnover of key employees and senior management could harm our business.

Our future business and results of operations depend in significant part upon the continued contributions of our key technical and senior management personnel, including specifically, Dr. Christopher Leatt, our Chairman, Sean Macdonald, our Chief Executive Officer and President, Erik Olsson, our International General Manager, and Philip Davy, our US General Manager and International Marketing Manager. They also depend in significant part upon our ability to attract and retain additional qualified management, technical, marketing and sales and support personnel for our operations. To address this risk we have taken out key man insurance on Key Staff members such as Dr. Leatt. However, if we lose a key employee or if a key employee fails to perform in his or her current position, or if we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees as needed, our business could suffer. Significant turnover in our senior management could significantly deplete our institutional knowledge held by our existing senior management team. We depend on the skills and abilities of these key employees, as well as the intellectual property owned by Dr. Leatt, in managing the development, manufacturing, technical, marketing and sales aspects of our business, any part of which could be harmed by further turnover.

18


We face an inherent business risk of exposure to claims that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims arising from the claimed failure of our products to prevent the types of personal injury or death against which they are designed to protect. Plaintiffs may also advance other legal theories supporting claims that our products or actions resulted in some harm. We have not experienced any material uninsured losses due to product liability claims, but it is possible that we could experience material losses in the future. Although we carry product liability insurance, a successful claim brought against us could significantly harm our business and financial condition.

We may not be able to adequately finance the significant costs associated with the development of new protective equipment products.

The products in the protective equipment market can change dramatically with new technological advancements. We are currently conducting research and development on new products, which requires a substantial outlay of capital. To remain competitive, we must continue to incur significant costs in product development, equipment, facilities and invest in research and development of new products. These costs may increase, resulting in greater fixed costs and operating expenses.

In addition to research and development costs, we could be required to expend substantial funds for and commit significant resources to the following:

Our future operating results will depend to a significant extent on our ability to continue to provide new and competitive products that compare favorably on the basis of cost and performance with the design and manufacturing capabilities of competitive third-party technologies. We will need to sufficiently increase our net sales to offset these increased costs, the failure of which would negatively affect our operating results.

We may be exposed to potential risks relating to our internal controls over financial reporting and our ability to have those controls attested to by our independent auditors.

As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX 404, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to include a report of management on the company’s internal controls over financial reporting in their annual reports, including Form 10-K. Since we will be a new public company, we have not yet evaluated our internal control systems in order to allow our management to meet the requirements of SOX 404. Under current law, we will be subject to these requirements beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012. We can provide no assurance that we will comply with all of the requirements imposed thereby. In the event we identify significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls that we cannot remediate in a timely manner, investors and others may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

We may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position because of strong competition in the personal protective equipment industry, and we expect this competition to continue to intensify.

We face competition from other global manufacturers and distributors who provide personal protective equipment to users of motorcycles, ATVs, snowmobiles, motor racing cars and other helmeted sports. Some of our international competitors are larger than we and possess greater name recognition, assets, personnel, sales and financial resources. These entities may be able to respond more quickly to changing market conditions by developing new products and services that meet customer requirements or are otherwise superior to our products and services and may be able to more effectively market their products than we can because they have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. They may also be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their products. Increased competition could require us to reduce our prices, result in our receiving fewer customer orders, and result in our loss of market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to distinguish ourselves in a competitive market. To the extent that we are unable to successfully compete against existing and future competitors, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

19


If we are unable to develop competitive new products our future results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our future revenue stream depends to a large degree on our ability to utilize our technology in a way that will allow us to offer new types of safety products to a broader client base. We will be required to make investments in research and development in order to continue to develop new products, enhance our products and achieve market acceptance. We may incur problems in the future in innovating and introducing new and innovative products or, if developed, such products may not achieve significant customer acceptance. If we are unable to successfully define, develop and introduce competitive new products or improve on existing ones, our future results of operations would be adversely affected.

The value of our brand and sales of our products could be diminished if we, the individuals who use our products or the sport and activity categories in which or products are used, are associated with negative publicity.

Our success depends on the value of our brand. Our brand could be adversely affected if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Many athletes and other public individuals use our products and actions taken by such persons that harm the reputations of activities they participate in could also harm our brand image and result in a material decrease in our revenues and net income, which could have a negative effect on our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, negative publicity resulting from severe injuries or death occurring in the sports or activities in which our products are used and negatively impacts the popularity of such sport or activity, could have a subsequent negative effect on our net sales of products used in that sport or activity.

RISKS RELATED TO DOING BUSINESS IN NON-US JURISDICTIONS

We face risks associated with doing business in non-US jurisdictions.

We have affiliates, and our products are manufactured in and distributed from facilities, located in foreign countries, including countries in Asia and South Africa. International operations are subject to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad, including:

We are highly dependent on our foreign affiliates for their production capabilities and increasing our foreign operations and business relationships are important elements of our strategy. As a result, our exposure to the risks described above may be greater in the future. The likelihood of such occurrences and their potential impact on us varies from country to country and are unpredictable.

Our operations and assets in China are subject to significant political and economic uncertainties.

Our products are manufactured and shipped from production facilities in China. Changes in PRC laws and regulations, or their interpretation, or the imposition of confiscatory taxation, restrictions on currency conversion, imports and sources of supply, devaluations of currency or the nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Under its current leadership, the Chinese government has been pursuing economic reform policies that encourage private economic activity and greater economic decentralization. There is no assurance, however, that the Chinese government will continue to pursue these policies, or that it will not significantly alter these policies from time to time without notice.

20


We may have limited legal recourse under PRC law if disputes arise under our outsource manufacturing arrangements with third parties.

The Chinese government has enacted some laws and regulations dealing with matters such as corporate organization and governance, foreign investment, commerce, taxation and trade. However, their experience in implementing, interpreting and enforcing these laws and regulations is limited, and our ability to enforce commercial claims or to resolve commercial disputes is unpredictable. If our outsource manufacturing arrangements are unsuccessful or other adverse circumstances arise from these arrangements, we face the risk that our production partners may seek ways to terminate our arrangements. The resolution of these matters may be subject to the exercise of considerable discretion by agencies of the Chinese government, and forces unrelated to the legal merits of a particular matter or dispute may influence their determination. Any rights we may have to specific performance, or to seek an injunction under PRC law, in either of these cases, are severely limited, and without a means of recourse by virtue of the Chinese legal system, we may be unable to prevent these situations from occurring. The occurrence of any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Chinese anti-corruption laws, and any determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act, or FCPA, and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have operations and agreements with third parties worldwide and such activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by the employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors of our Company, even though they may not always be subject to our control. It is our policy to implement safeguards to discourage these practices by our employees. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and the employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors of our Company may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or Chinese anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the U.S. government may seek to hold our Company liable for successor liability in connection with FCPA violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could negatively affect our performance

Unanticipated currency fluctuations in the South African Rand could lead to lower reported consolidated results of operations due to the translation of these currencies into U.S. dollars when we consolidate our financial results. Our research and marketing operations in South Africa utilize South African labor sources A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the South African Rand could increase our cost of doing business in South Africa.

Your ability to bring an action against us, and those of our officers and directors who are based in South Africa, or to enforce a judgment against us or recover assets in our possession may be difficult since any such action or recovery of assets would be an international matter, involving South African laws and geographic and temporal disparities .

We conduct substantial operations in South Africa through our foreign registered branch and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, all but two of our management personnel reside in South Africa. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been violated under applicable law or otherwise. Even if an action of this type is successfully brought, the laws of the United States and of South Africa may render a judgment unenforceable.

21


RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON STOCK

There is not now, and there may not ever be, an active market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that the common stock will become liquid or that it will be listed on a securities exchange

There currently is no active market for our common stock. We plan to list our common stock as soon as practicable. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the initial listing standards of any stock exchange, or that we will be able to maintain any such listing. Until our common stock is listed on an exchange, we expect that it would be eligible to continue being quoted in the over-the-counter market maintained by the OTC Markets Group Inc.. In this venue, however, an investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the common stock and trading of our common stock may be extremely sporadic. For example, several days may pass before any shares may be traded. A more active market for the common stock may never develop. In addition, if we failed to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling the common stock, which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.

We are subject to penny stock regulations and restrictions that may affect our ability to sell our securities on the secondary market.

The SEC has adopted regulations that generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share and therefore is a “penny stock.” Brokers or dealers effecting transactions in “penny stock” must disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules may restrict the ability of brokers or dealers to sell our common stock and may affect your ability to sell shares. In addition, so long as our common stock is quoted in the “pink sheets” (as is currently the case), investors will find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations of the stock, and may find few buyers to purchase such stock and few market makers to support its price.

Our holding company structure may limit the payment of dividends.

We have no direct business operations, other than our ownership of our subsidiaries. While we have no immediate intention of paying dividends, should we decide in the future to do so, as a holding company, our ability to pay dividends and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiaries and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating subsidiaries, from time to time, may be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions as discussed below. If we determine that we will pay dividends to the holders of our common stock, we cannot assure that such dividends will be paid on a timely basis. As a result, you will not receive any return on your investment prior to selling your shares in our company and, for the other reasons discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, you may not receive any return on your investment even when you sell your shares in our company and your shares may become worthless. If future dividends are paid in ZAR, fluctuations in the exchange rate for the conversion of ZAR into U.S. dollars may reduce the amount received by U.S. stockholders upon conversion of the dividend payment into U.S. dollars.

The management team collectively has the power to make all major decisions regarding the company without the need to get consent from any stockholder or other person. This discretion could lead to decisions that are not necessarily in the best interests of minority shareholders.

Our management team collectively owns 67.7% of our fully diluted capital stock. Management, therefore, has the power to make all major decisions regarding our affairs, including decisions regarding whether or not to issue stock and for what consideration, whether or not to sell all or substantially all of our assets and for what consideration and whether or not to authorize more stock for issuance or otherwise amend our charter or bylaws. The management team is in a position to elect all of our directors and to dictate all of our policies.

22


FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other detailed information commencing at page F-1 in this Registration Statement. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP). Certain information contained below and elsewhere in this Registration Statement, including information regarding our plans and strategy for our business, constitute forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Leatt designs, develops, markets and distributes personal protective equipment for participants in all forms of motor sports and leisure activities, including riders of motorcycles, bicycles, snowmobiles and ATVs, as well as racing car drivers. The Company sells its products to customers worldwide through a global network of distributors and retailers. Leatt also acts as the original equipment manufacturer for neck braces sold by other international brands.

The Company’s flagship products are based on the Leatt-Brace® system, a patented injection molded neck protection system owned by Xceed Holdings, designed to prevent potentially devastating injuries to the cervical spine and neck. The Company has the exclusive global manufacturing, distribution, sale and use rights to the Leatt-Brace®, pursuant to a license agreement between the Company and Xceed Holdings, a company owned and controlled by the Company’s Chairman and founder, Dr. Christopher Leatt. The Company also has the right to use apparatus embodying, employing and containing the Leatt-Brace® technology and has designed, developed, marketed and distributed other personal protective equipment.

The Company’s research and development efforts are conducted at its research facilities, located at its executive headquarters in Cape Town, South Africa. The Company employs 6 full-time employees who are dedicated exclusively to research, development, and testing. The Company also utilizes consultants, academic institutions and engineering companies as independent contractors or consultants, from time to time, to assist it with its research and development efforts. Leatt products have been tested and reviewed internally and by external bodies. All Leatt products are compliant with applicable European Union directives, or CE certified, where appropriate. Certain products, such as the Moto R, have been certified by SFI Foundation (USA) and the Moto GPX was tested by BMW Motorrad (Germany) and reviewed by KTM (Austria). The Company is also in discussions with governing and racing bodies, such as the Fédération Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM) and the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing (NASCAR), to have the Leatt-Brace® accredited by these bodies

Our products are manufactured in China under outsource manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers located there. The Company utilizes outside consultants and its own employees to ensure the quality of its products through regular on-site product inspections. Products purchased through international sales are usually shipped directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses or points of dispatch to customers or their import agents.

Leatt earns revenues through the sale of its products through approximately 60 distributors worldwide, who in turn sell its products to retailers. Leatt distributors are required to follow certain standard business terms and guidelines for the sale and distribution of Leatt products. Two Eleven and Leatt SA directly distribute Leatt products to retailers in the United States and South Africa, respectively. Our sales revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $17,878,727 and $14,330,072, respectively, and our net income(net loss) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $764,499 and ($ 208,562), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues associated with international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.

Principal Factors Affecting our Financial Performance

We believe that the following factors will continue to affect our financial performance:

Global Economic Fragility – The ongoing turmoil in the global economy, especially in the U.S. and Europe, may have an impact on our business and our financial condition, and we may face challenges if economic conditions do not improve. These economic conditions impact levels of consumer spending, which have deteriorated and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. If demand for our products fluctuates as a result of these economic conditions or otherwise, our revenue and gross margin could be harmed.

Fuel Prices Significant fluctuations in fuel prices could have both a positive and negative effect on our business and operations. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from international sales and significant fluctuations in world fuel prices could significantly increase the price of shipping or transporting our products which we may not be able to pass on to our customers. On the other hand, fluctuations in fuel prices lead to higher commuter costs which may encourage the increased use of motorcycles and bicycles as alternative modes of transportation and lead to an increase in the market for our protection products.

23


Product Liability Litigation – We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims arising from the claimed failure of our products to help prevent the types of personal injury or death against which they are designed to help protect. Therefore we have acquired very costly product liability insurance worldwide. We have not experienced any material uninsured losses due to product liability claims, but it is possible that we could experience material losses in the future. Although we carry product liability insurance, a successful claim brought against us could significantly harm our business and financial condition.

Protection of Intellectual Property We believe that the continued success of our business is dependent on our intellectual property portfolio consisting of globally registered trademarks, design patents and utility patents related to the Leatt-Brace®. We believe that a loss of these rights would harm or cause a material disruption to our business and, our corporate strategy is to aggressively take legal action against any violators of our intellectual property rights, regardless of where they may be. From time to time, we have had to enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation and we may be required to do so in the future. Although we have intellectual property insurance to assist us in burdening the costs of expensive litigation, such litigation may result in substantial costs and could divert resources and management attention from the operations of our business.

Results of Operation

Year Ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010

The following table summarizes the results of our operations during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) from the 2010 fiscal year to the 2011 fiscal year.

Item December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 $ Increase
(Decrease)
Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
Revenues 17,878,727 14,330,072 3,548,655 25%
Cost of Revenues 7,469,581 5,606,502 1,863,079 33%
Gross Profit 10,409,146 8,723,570 1,685,576 19%
General and Administrative Expenses 2,226,187 1,616,811 609,376 38%
Salaries and Wages 2,369,666 2,710,054 (340,388) (13%)
Commissions and Consulting Expense 499,482 519,851 (20,369) (4%)
Professional Fees 769,628 1,140,562 (370,934) (33%)
Advertising and Marketing 1,578,346 1,265,655 312,691 25%
Office Rent and Expenses 256,714 211,713 45,001 21%
Depreciation Expense 398,389 344,746 53,643 16%
Research and Development Costs 1,224,965 1,083,635 141,330 13%
Net Income 764,499 (208,562) 973,061 467%

Revenues Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $17,878,727, an increase of 25%, compared to revenues of $14,330,072 for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is primarily the effect of the Company’s wider product range as well as the Company’s focus on building a team of international sales and marketing professionals in Europe and the USA to expand distribution geographically. The Company continues to develop new products to reach wider markets. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, international sales approximated 57% and 59%, respectively of total sales.

24


Costs of Revenues and Gross Profi t – Cost of revenues and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $7,469,581 and $10,409,146 or 58%, respectively. For the same period in 2010, cost of revenues and gross profit were $5,606,502 and $8,723,570 or 61%, respectively. This marginal decrease in gross profit percentage is due to changes in the Company’s product sales mix as well as additional logistics costs incurred in order to encourage increased customer order and volumes globally. The Company is continuously evaluating and optimizing its logistics and supply chain functions in order to create greater efficiencies in this area.

General and Administrative Expenses General and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $2,226,187 and $1,616,811, respectively. These costs consist of insurance, travel, merchant fees, telephone, office and computer supplies, insurance and travel comprising the bulk of these expenses. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily the result of increased Product Liability insurance premiums. Insurance needs continue to be reviewed and revised as appropriate.

Salaries and Wages – Salaries and wages for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $2,369,666 and $2,710,054, respectively. This decrease in salaries and wages is the result of a restructuring that occurred during the 2010 fiscal year in order to streamline worldwide operations. Salaries and wages for the years ended December 31, 2010 also includes $50,000 relating to the Company’s stock-based compensation plan.

Commissions and Consulting Expense – Commissions and consulting expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $499,482 and $519,851, respectively. This decrease in commissions and consulting expenses is a result of decreased consulting required as financial systems became more efficient.

Professional Fees – Professional fees for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $769,628 and $1,140,562, respectively. These are costs incurred for audit, tax, regulatory filings and quarterly reporting requirements, as well as patent protection and litigation expenses incurred as the Company continues to expand. This decrease in professional fees is primarily due to the effect of a continued decreased level of spending on patent litigation and maintenance for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Advertising and Marketing – Advertising and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1,578,346 and $1,265,655, respectively. The Company continues to place paid advertising in various motorsport magazines, online media and to sponsor a number of events, teams and individuals to increase exposure. This increase in advertising and marketing is due to the Company’s increased product range and the need to penetrate new markets as the Company grows globally.

Office Rent and Expenses – Office rent and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $256,714 and $211,713, respectively. The increase in office rent and expenses is primarily the result of additional warehouse space required by Two Eleven to accommodate increased inventory levels in order to sustain wider product range and increased revenues.

Depreciation Expense – Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $398,389 and $344,746, respectively.  The increase in depreciation expense is primarily due to investment in molds required to produce additional products and upgrade current products.

Research and Development Costs – Research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1,224,965 and $1,083,635, respectively. These costs include the salaries of staff members that are directly involved in the research and development of innovative products as well as the direct costs associated with developing these products. The increase in research and development costs is due to the Company’s increased focus on widening its product range and remaining the industry technological leader.

Net Income - The net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $764,499, an increase of $973,061 from a net loss of $208,562 during the year ended December 31, 2010. Net income was positively impacted primarily by the increased revenues discussed above as a result of the Company’s wider product range and intensified global sales and marketing efforts. The Company’s net income continues to be affected by increased Product Liability Insurance costs discussed above. Management is cautiously optimistic that the Company’s focus on developing a wider product range combined with supply chain optimization and intensified marketing activities will have a positive effect on net income going forward.

25


Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,084,806 The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

  December 31,
2011 2010
Net cash provided by (used in) by operating activities $555,890 ($857,709)
Net cash used in investing activities ($458,764) ($454,400)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ($95,837) $430,181
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ($151,590) $95,934
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalent ($150,301) ($785,994)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period $1,235,107 $2,021,101
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period $1,084,806 $1,235,107

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at several financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s uninsured bank balances totaled $970,635 and $1,247,667, respectively. The Company has not experienced any significant losses on its cash and cash equivalents

Cash decreased by $150,301 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary sources of cash were increased accounts payable of $430,443 and a net income of $764,499. The primary uses of cash were an increased accounts receivable of $182,331 and the increase of inventories by $922,027. The increase in accounts payable of $430,443 is commensurate with the increase in purchases of inventory of $922,027 to facilitate the increased sales revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the anticipated increased revenue for subsequent quarters. As of March 30, 2012, we did not have any credit facilities or significant amounts owed to third party lenders.

The Company is currently meeting its working capital needs through cash on hand as well as internally generated cash from operations. Management believes that its current cash and cash equivalent balances, along with the net cash generated by operations are sufficient to meet its anticipated operating cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. There are currently no plans for any major capital expenditures in the next twelve months. Our long-term financing requirements depend on our growth strategy, which relates primarily to our desire to increase revenue both domestically as well as internationally.

Obligations under Material Contracts

Pursuant to our Licensing Agreement with Xceed Holdings, we pay Xceed Holdings 4% of all sales revenue billed and received by the Company, on a quarterly basis based on sales of the previous quarter. In addition, pursuant to a separate license agreement between the Company and Mr. De Villiers, the Company is obligated to pay a royalty fee of 1% of all our billed and received sales revenue, in quarterly installments, based on sales of the previous quarter, to a trust that is beneficially owned and controlled by Mr. De Villiers.

Pursuant to a Premium Finance Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between the Company and Flat Iron Capital, a division of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Flat Iron"), we are obligated to pay to Flat Iron an aggregate sum of $881,442, in ten payments of $89,357, at a 2.99% annual interest rate, commencing on November 1, 2011 and ending on September 1, 2012. Any late payment during the term of the agreement will be assessed a late penalty of 5% of the payment amount due, and in the event of default Flat Iron has the right to accelerate the payment due under the agreement.

26


Critical Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting – The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue and Cost Recognition All manufacturing of Leatt-Brace ® products is performed by third party production partners in China. The Company records its revenue and related cost of revenue for its product sales in the United States upon shipment of the merchandise to the customer. International sales are generally drop-shipped directly from the third party manufacturer to the Company’s customers. Revenue and related cost of revenue is recognized at the time of shipment from the manufacturer’s port when shipping terms are Free On Board (“FOB”) shipping point, Cost and Freight (“CFR”) or Cost and Insurance to named place (“CIP”) as legal title and risk of loss to the product pass to the customer.

Intangible Assets The Company’s intangible assets consist of acquired patents with an indefinite useful life and are thus not amortized. Intangible assets are carried at cost less impairment. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was zero. There was no impairment of intangible assets at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from normal business activities. Credit is granted to substantially all distributors on an unsecured basis. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. In determining the amount of the allowance, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions. Accounts receivable balances that are still outstanding after management has used reasonable collection efforts are written off as uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $57,463 and $21,000, respectively.

Inventory Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in first-out (FIFO) method. Inventory consists primarily of finished goods. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of inventory. In assessing the inventory value, the Company must make estimates and judgments regarding reserves required for product obsolescence, aging of inventory and other issues potentially affecting the saleable condition of products. In performing such evaluations, the Company utilizes historical experience as well as current market information. There was no reserve for obsolescence for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The estimated useful lives of assets for financial reporting purposes are as follows: moulds and tools, 2 to 5 years; computer equipment and software, 2 to 5 years; office and other equipment, 3 to 6 years; vehicles, 3 to 5 years; leasehold improvements, 3 years. The costs of improvements that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. When items of property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows to be generated by the assets. If these assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Based on these reviews, no asset impairment charges were made to the carrying value of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

27


Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions - The U.S. dollar is the Company's reporting currency. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations, consisting of its South African Branch and New Zealand, denominated in local currencies, ZAR and NZD, respectively, are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction in the applicable period. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Gains and losses generated by transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the accompanying statement of operations in the period in which they occur. Net unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency translation adjustments totaled ($326,663) and $175,599, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Stock-Based Compensation - The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with the fair-value-base method set forth in FASB ASC Topic 718-10, Stock-Based Compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock options, based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant or the fair value of the services performed. The Company recognizes these compensation costs, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, on a pro rata basis over the requisite service period of each vesting tranche of each award. The Company considers voluntary termination behavior as well as trends of actual option forfeitures when estimating the forfeiture rate.

Income Taxes - The Company uses the asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is applied against any net deferred tax asset if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes included taxes currently payable, if any, plus the net change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded by the Company. The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“Standard”), which provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not of being sustained upon an examination by tax authorities. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, the standard provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties; accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition, and any amounts when incurred would be recorded under these provisions. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits and the Company currently has no federal or state tax examinations in progress.

Concentration of Credit Risk - The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at several financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s uninsured bank balances totaled $970,635 and $1,247,667, respectively. The Company has not experienced any significant losses on its cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s trade receivables are derived from sales to distributors and dealers. The Company has adopted credit policies and standards intended to accommodate industry growth and inherent risk. Management believes that credit risks are moderated by the diversity of the Company’s end customers and geographic sales areas. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires collateral as deemed necessary. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses as needed. The Company has derived, and believes that it will continue to derive, a significant portion of its revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company's US revenue was concentrated in five and six customers that accounted for approximately 36% and 36%, respectively, of annual US revenue. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $560,717, or 19%, and $329,505, or 14% of the Company's accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company's international revenue was concentrated in five customers that accounted for approximately 37% and 41%, respectively, of annual international revenue for 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $181,311, or 1%, and $928,274, or 32% of the Company's accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these international customers. The Company generates revenue both in the United States and internationally. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues associated with international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

28


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to its stockholders.

PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in a 948 square meter space located at 50 Kiepersol Drive, Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof Road, Durbanville, Western Cape, South Africa, 7441. Approximately 45% of the space is used for our executive offices, 27.5% is used for warehousing and the remaining 27.5% is used by Leatt Lab, our research and development team. We occupy these premises pursuant to a lease agreement, dated November 25, 2011, between Leatt SA and AJ Brutus Investments cc, which expires on December 15, 2014. The lease agreement requires us to pay an initial monthly rent of $6,529 with an annual escalation percentage of 5%.

On August 1, 2010, we sub-leased approximately 20 square meters of our corporate headquarters to Xceed Holdings, an entity controlled by our Chairman, Dr. Christopher Leatt, for a monthly rent of $150, plus its share of expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our income from this sublease totaled $1,798.

Two Eleven, our California subsidiary, leases a 481 square meters space in Santa Clarita, California, pursuant to a lease agreement between Two Eleven and Sky Business Center, LLC, dated April 1, 2010. Two Eleven uses approximately 40% of the office space for executive offices and the remaining 60% of the space for warehousing. The lease agreement required an initial monthly base rent of $4,401 that increased to $5,126 on April 1, 2012, and expires on March 31, 2013.

We believe that all space is in good condition and that the property is adequately insured by the Company.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth, as of April 28, 2012, the stock ownership of (i) each of our executive officers and directors, (i) of all our executive officers and directors as a group, and (iii) of each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock. Except as otherwise noted, each person listed below is the sole beneficial owner of the shares and has sole investment and voting power of such shares. No person listed below has any option, warrant or other right to acquire additional securities of the Company, except as may be otherwise noted. Unless otherwise specified, the address of each of the persons set forth below is in care of Leatt Corporation, PMB # 334, 2215-B, Renaissance Drive, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

29



Title of Class Name & Address
of
Beneficial Owner
Office, If Any Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership (2)
Percent of
Class (3)
Common Stock,
$0.001 par
value
Class A Voting
Convertible
Preferred Stock,
$0.001 par
value (1)
   Officers and Directors   
X - Dr. Christopher J. Leatt (4) Founder, Innovation Officer and Chairman 50,367,564 38.4%
- X   2,400,000 80.0%
X - Jeffrey J. Guzy Director 666,666 0.5%
- - Sean Macdonald (5) Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 780,000 0.6%
      Zafiris M. Zafiropoulos Director 1,369,578 1.1%
X - All officers and directors as a group (persons named above)    53,183,808 40.6%
- X 2,400,000 80.0%
   5% Shareholders   
X - Jean-Pierre De Villiers Advisor 12,207,915 9.4%
- X 600,000 20.0%
X    Alfred Bjorn Christensen    11,520,000 8.9%
____________________

(1)

The Preferred Stock votes with the Common Stock at a vote of 100-for-one, subject to adjustments resulting from any future stock splits. The Preferred Stock has priority over the Common Stock in any liquidation preferences but no dividend rights (except as may be declared by the Board). The Common Stock has dividend rights in respect of any dividend distributions when and if declared and paid by the Company. The Common Stock has a claim to any liquidation distribution, subject to the priority claim of the Preferred Stock. No dividends have been paid to date on any securities. There are no other classes of equity securities authorized and issued.

   
(2)

Beneficial Ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or “SEC” and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Each of the beneficial owners listed above has direct ownership of and sole voting power and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock.

   
(3)

As of the date of this Notice, the Company has 728,000,000 authorized shares of capital stock divided into 700,000,000 authorized shares of Common Stock with 130,009,639 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and 28,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock with 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. For each Beneficial Owner above, any options exercisable within 60 days have been included in the denominator.

   
(4)

Includes a vested 5-year option to purchase 520,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.04 per share, issued to Dr. Leatt under the Company’s 2011 Plan. An additional 780,000 shares will vest in three equal portions on each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

   
(5)

Represents a vested 5-year option to purchase 780,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.04 per share, issued to Mr. Macdonald under the Company’s 2011 Plan. An additional 1,170,000 shares will vest in three equal portions on each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Changes in Control

We do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our Company.

30


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

The following sets forth the name and position of each of our current executive officers, directors and significant employees and their ages and titles as of April 24, 2012.

Name Age Title
     
Dr. Christopher James Leatt 43 Founder, Chairman and Head of Research & Development
     
Sean Macdonald 34 CEO, CFO, President and Director
     
Jeffrey Joseph Guzy 60 Director
     
Zafiris Michael Zafiropoulos 60 Director

DR. CHRISTOPHER LEATT: Dr. Leatt, aged 43, has served as a director since 2005. Dr. Chris Leatt (MB ChB) studied medicine at the University of Cape Town and completed his internship in the United Kingdom before returning to South Africa to pursue his career in medicine. He held positions in General Surgery and General Medicine/Geriatrics/Gastroenterology before becoming a General Medical Practitioner and Chairman of ERIPO (Eerste River Independent Practitioners Association), an organization formed to look after both the Medical and Business interests of forty Independent Practitioners. Dr. Leatt then worked in casualty/trauma at various hospitals before becoming a surgical medical officer. A brief stint as an Orthopedic Registrar at Groote Schuur Hospital preceded his post as Neurosurgery Registrar at the Department of Neurosurgery, Tygerberg Academic Hospital. Dr. Leatt's duties as a surgical registrar in this discipline included ward work, High-Care duties, evaluation of referrals, outpatient consultations, emergency and elective surgery, logbook of all surgical procedures completed. He resigned from his post in Neurosurgery in order to develop and study the benefits and viability of a neck protection system (the Leatt-Brace®) for helmet clad sport and recreational users in an attempt to reduce devastating neck injuries. Dr. Leatt is a fixed wing and helicopter pilot and is an active participant in competitive cross-country motorcycle endurance races, as well as Super Sport and Battle of the Twins (BOTTS) track racing events. He won the Western Province BOTTS championship in 2011. When not participating Dr. Leatt is often involved in providing medical support and such events.

SEAN MACDONALD: Mr. Macdonald, CA (SA), aged 34, has served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President since November 9, 2010, as its Chief Financial Officer since August 1, 2009, and as a Director since May 6, 2010. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Macdonald served from August 2004 to December 2009, as the Chief Financial Officer of Cyclelab, the largest bicycle retailer in South Africa, where he was responsible for operational, financial and strategic leadership of the business including the implementation of a franchise model in order to grow the business. Mr. Macdonald holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree in Finance and Information Systems from the University of Cape Town, as well as a Post-Graduate Diploma in Accounting, which included 3 years of articling at KPMG Cape Town. Mr. Macdonald is also a South Africa registered Chartered Accountant.

JEFFREY GUZY: Mr. Guzy, aged 60, has served as a director since April 4 th , 2007 and serves as a business development consultant and entrepreneur in Arlington, Virginia. Prior to that, Mr. Guzy served, from October 2007 to August 2010 as our President. Mr. Guzy has a MBA in Strategic Planning and Management from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania; a M.S. in Systems Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania; a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Penn State University; and an Associate Degree in Theology from Georgetown University. Mr. Guzy has served as an executive manager or consultant for business development, sales, customer service and management in the telecommunications industry, specifically, with IBM Corp., RCA Corp., Sprint International, Bell Atlantic Video Services, Loral Cyberstar and Facilicomm International. Mr. Guzy has also started his own telecommunications company providing Internet services in Western Africa. He serves as an independent director of CHDT Corporation, a Florida public corporation.

ZAFIRIS (“Jeff”) M. ZAFIROPOULOS, aged 60, has served as a director since October 2011, and has served since August 2001, as the Executive Director of Time Quantum, a Midrand, South Africa systems developer serving the financial and banking industries. Prior to joining Time Quantum, Mr. Zafiropoulos served, from January 1999 to January 2001, and from October 1998 to December 1998, as the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director, respectively, of Crux Technologies in Midrand, South Africa; and from June 1986 to September 1998 as sales and marketing director for Cephas Computer Services in Midrand, South Africa. Mr. Zafiropoulos has a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science and Applied Mathematics from the University of the Witwatersrand in South Africa, and a Masters Degree in Business Leadership (MBL) from the School of Business Leadership (SBL) in South Africa.

31


There are no agreements or understandings for any of our executive officers, directors or significant employees to resign at the request of another person and no officer or director is acting on behalf of nor will any of them act at the direction of any other person.

Qualifications, Attributes, Skills and Experience Represented on the Board

The Board has identified particular qualifications, attributes, skills and experience that are important to be represented on the board as a whole, in light of our current needs and business priorities. The Board believes that each director is a recognized person of high integrity with a proven record of success in his or her field. Each director demonstrates innovative thinking, familiarity with and respect for corporate governance requirements and practices, an appreciation of multiple cultures and a commitment to the business and operations of the Company. In addition to the foregoing qualifications, the Board has assessed the intangible qualities including the director’s ability to ask difficult questions and, simultaneously, to work collegially. The Board also considers diversity of age, cultural background and professional experiences in evaluating candidates for Board membership. Diversity is important because a variety of points of view contribute to a more effective decision-making process.

Set forth below is a tabular disclosure summarizing some of the specific qualifications, attributes, skills and experiences of our directors.

Name Title Qualifications
Dr. Christopher James Leatt Founder, Chairman and Head of Research & Development

Dr. Leatt holds a Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery Degree and is the inventor of the Leatt Brace® and the Founder of the Company.

     

He heads up the Company’s research and development department and has an intimate knowledge of the Company’s innovative products.

     

He contributes invaluable long-term knowledge of the Company’s business and operations and extensive experience in the industry.

Sean Macdonald CEO, CFO, President and Director

Mr. Macdonald is a registered Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce Degree in Finance and Information Systems and a Post-Graduate Diploma in Accounting.

     

His invaluable experience in finance and accounting provides insight for the implementation of effective operational, financial and strategic leadership of the Company.

Jeffrey Joseph Guzy Director

Through his Masters Degree in Business Administration in Strategic Planning & Management and his knowledge of U.S. capital markets, Mr. Guzy provides invaluable guidance and perspective to the Board.

         

He has also served as the Company’s President and has invaluable long-term knowledge of the Company’s business and operations.

Zafiris Michael Zafiropoulos Director Mr. Zafiropoulos holds a Masters Degree in Business Leadership (MBL) from the School of Business Leadership (SBL) in South Africa.
     
He also has invaluable experience and insight in the global finance and banking industry.

32


Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among our directors or officers.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

Except as set forth in our discussion below in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence – Transactions with Related Persons,” none of our directors, director nominees or executive officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Significant Employees

Name Age Position
Erik Olsson 44 International General Manager and Head of International Distribution
Philip Davy 55 U.S. General Manager and International Marketing Manager

33


PHILIP DAVY: Mr. Davy, aged 55, has served as Head of our U.S. operations and as our International Marketing Manager since January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Davy served in various capacities with the Company, from October 2009 to December 2011, including as Two Eleven’s Manager. Mr. Davy has over 30 years’ experience selling, envisioning, designing, developing or marketing protective equipment for motorcycle riders, racers and mechanics. Prior to joining us he served from January 2002 to October 2009 as Icon Brand Manager with Le Mans Corp.

ERIK OLSSON: Mr. Olsson, aged 44, has served as our International General Manager and Head of International Distribution since January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Olsson served from January 2010 to December 2011as European General Manager and later as General Manager of Asia, Europe, the Middle-East and the Central Pacific (Oceania). Mr. Olsson has over 15 years’ as a sales and product manager for various companies in the power sports industry. Prior to joining us he served from January 2003 to December 2009 as Area Manager for Jofrab Ab, a Swedish distributor of motorcycles and recreational vehicles.

Stockholder Communication with the Board of Directors

Stockholders may communicate with the Board by sending a letter to our Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 50 Kiepersol Drive, Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof Road, Durbanville, Western Cape, South Africa, 7441, for submission to the board or committee or to any specific director to whom the correspondence is directed. Stockholders communicating through this means should include with the correspondence evidence, such as documentation from a brokerage firm, that the sender is a current record or beneficial stockholder of the Company. All communications received as set forth above will be opened by the Corporate Secretary or his designee for the sole purpose of determining whether the contents contain a message to one or more of our directors.

Any contents that are not advertising materials, promotions of a product or service, patently offensive materials or matters deemed, using reasonable judgment, inappropriate for the Board will be forwarded promptly to the chairman of the Board, the appropriate committee or the specific director, as applicable.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to all of our officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the following persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods: 2010 and 2011. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

Name and
Principal
Position



Year





Salary
($)




Bonus
($)




Stock
Awards ($)




Option
Awards
(No. of
shares)


Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
 Earnings
($)
Non-
qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)




Total
($)




Dr. Christopher
James Leatt,
Chairman and Head of Research and Development (1)
2010 487,668 23,839 -- -- -- -- 7,892 519,399
2011 487,668 40,639 -- -- -- -- 10,391 538,698
Sean Macdonald,
President, CEO,
CFO and Director
2010 146,959 12,247 -- -- -- -- 7,496 166,702
2011 183,173 36,614 -- -- -- -- 9,269 229,056
Erik Olsson, 2010 192,463 -- -- -- -- -- 73,589 266,052

  International General Manager and Head of International Distribution (2)

2011 202,893 16,938 -- -- -- -- 78,175 298,006
Philip Edward Davy,
U.S. General Manager and International Marketing Manager (2)
2010 130,000 -- -- -- -- -- -- 130,000
2011 130,000 25,000 -- -- -- -- -- 155,000

(1) Reflects compensation to Dr. Leatt in his capacity as the head of our Research and Development department. Pursuant to an oral agreement with the Company, Dr. Leatt receives a monthly base salary of $40,639, as well as other benefits.
(2) Reflects base salary and other compensation to Mr. Olsson in his capacity as the head of our International General Manager and Head of International Distribution and Mr. Davy in his capacity as U.S. General Manager and International Marketing Manager during the indicated periods. Mr. Olsson’s compensation also includes $78,175 and $73,589 in income from the Company for the fiscal year 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to a professional services agreement, dated March 26, 2010, between the Company and Powersports Marketing Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned and controlled by Mr. Olsson..

 

34


Summary of Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement, effective as of August 1, 2009, with Sean Macdonald our President, CEO and CFO, pursuant to which we were obligated to pay him a signing bonus of ZAR200,000 (approximately $24,661.00) and an annual base salary of ZAR1,200,000 (approximately $147,947.00) . Mr. Macdonald receives coverage under the Company’s employment benefit plans and is entitled to an annual performance based bonus at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Mr. Macdonald is also subject to the customary confidentiality covenants and South African Labor Laws entitle Mr. Macdonald to one week’s severance pay for each year of service to the Company. The agreement may be terminated by either party with twelve weeks’ written notice or by the Company for Mr. Macdonald’s misconduct or incapacity. Termination for misconduct may result in the Company’s disregard of the notice period and the initial signing bonus is to be returned to the Company.

Under the terms of his employment agreement, we were also obligated to issue Mr. Macdonald, within 6 months after entry into the agreement, options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. On February 1, 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved the issuance of an option to purchase 1,950,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Plan to Mr. Macdonald. The option has a term of 5 years and, upon vesting, is exercisable at a price of $0.04 per share. Forty percent of the option vested on the date of the grant and the remaining 60% will vest in three equal portions on each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

Our officers and directors are eligible for equity awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock under the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). Equity awards are granted at the discretion of the Board. The size of an award to any individual, including named executive officers, depends in part on individual performance, including the components of our key performance appraisal index described above and any other indicators of the impact that such employee’s productivity may have on stockholder value over time. Other factors include salary level and competitive data. In addition, in determining the awards granted to each named executive officer, the Board considers the future benefits potentially available to the named executive officers from existing awards. We have no program, plan or practice of granting equity awards that coincide with the release by the Company of material non-public information.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, no director or executive officer has received compensation from us pursuant to any compensatory or benefit plan.

Compensation of Directors

During the 2011 fiscal year, we did paid our directors approximately ZAR5,000 (approximately, $617) per month compensation for their services as our directors. In the future, we may adopt a policy of paying independent directors a fee for their attendance at board and committee meetings. We also reimburse our directors for reasonable travel expenses related to their duties as our directors.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

See our disclosure elsewhere herein, under “Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

35


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Persons

The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of the last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under “Executive Compensation”). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Except as set forth in our discussion above, none of our directors, director nominees or executive officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Policies and Procedures for Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

As we increase the size of our board of directors to include additional independent directors, we expect to prepare and adopt a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of “related-persons transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” will be a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, director, consultant or similar capacity by a related person will not be covered by this policy. A related person will be any executive officer, director or a holder of more than five percent of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

We anticipate that, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, the policy will require management to present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where approval by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for consideration and approval or ratification. Management’s presentation will be expected to include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available.

To identify related-person transactions in advance, we are expected to rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our board of directors will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

36


We also expect that the policy will require any interested director to excuse himself or herself from deliberations and approval of the transaction in which the interested director is involved.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

We did not have any promoters at any time during the past five fiscal years.

Director Independence

Our director, Mr. Zafiris Michael Zafiropoulos, is an independent director, as the term “independent” is defined by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. Other than as set forth below, we are currently not aware of any legal proceedings the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

37


MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

Our common stock is quoted on the over-the-counter electronic bulletin board maintained by the OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol "LEAT." We are currently quoted on the OTC’s pink sheets but we expect that, upon the effectiveness of this registration statement and the public availability of our information, our OTC status will change to the OTC QB . The CUSIP number for our common stock is 522132 10 9.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low bid prices of our common stock. These prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not represent actual transactions.

  Closing Prices (1)
  High Low
Year Ended December 31, 2012    
1 st Quarter $0.05 $0.025
2 nd Quarter (April 1, 2012 to April 28, 2012) $0.06 $0.04
     
Year Ended December 31, 2011    
1 st Quarter $0.04 $0.03
2 nd Quarter $0.03 $0.03
3 rd Quarter $0.02 $0.03
4 th Quarter $0.02 $0.05
____________________

(1)

The above tables set forth the range of high and low closing prices per share of our common stock as reported by www.quotemedia.com for the periods indicated.

Holders

As of April 28, 2012, there were approximately 293 stockholders of record of our common stock. The number of record holders does not include persons who held our common stock in nominee or “street name” accounts through brokers.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared dividends or paid cash dividends. Our board of directors will make any future decisions regarding dividends. We currently intend to retain and use future earnings for the development and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the immediate future.

Our board of directors has complete discretion on whether to pay dividends, subject to the approval of our shareholders. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

No securities were authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Except as set forth below, we have not sold any securities within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act.

38


The issuance of the foregoing securities was exempt from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

Common Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 700,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share. As of April 28, 2012, there were 130,009,639 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters. All matters requiring stockholder votes, including elections for directors, are by majority vote. Stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase shares in any future issuance of our common stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, our assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of common stock.

The holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our board of directors. Our board of directors has never declared a dividend and has no immediate intention to declare dividends. Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiaries and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating subsidiaries, from time to time, may be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, ratably, the net assets available to stockholders after payment of all creditors.

All of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. To the extent that additional shares of our common stock are issued, the relative interests of existing stockholders will be diluted.

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 28,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001, in one or more classes or series within a class as may be determined by our board of directors, who may establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each class or series, may fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such class or series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Any preferred stock so issued by the board of directors may rank senior to the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, or both. Moreover, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock or the existence of the unissued preferred stock might tend to discourage or render more difficult a merger or other change of control.

In connection with the Settlement Agreement, board of directors has designated a Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock class, the Series A Preferred Stock, which is approved to issue up to 3,000,000 shares. The Series A Preferred Stock entitles its holders to one hundred votes for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held (voting with the common stock as a single class). In addition, the Series A Preferred Stock converts into common stock, on a one-for-one basis, has a liquidation preference equal to par value per share and is redeemable by us at par value per share upon the occurrence of specified events, but it is not transferable and does not entitle the holders to dividends. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, we have agreed to issue 2,400,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to Dr. Leatt and 600,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to Mr. De Villiers.

39


Warrants

On February 29, 2008, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock to Rubinstein IR (100,000), Bill Swalm (50,000) and Timothy Clemensen (50,000), as consideration for investor relations services being provided by them at the time. The warrants are exercisable at $0.20 per share and have a cashless exercise feature. The warrants also contain the customary anti-dilution provisions and will expire on March 1, 2013, the fifth anniversary of the issuance date.

Anti-takeover Effects of Our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of the Company or changing its board of directors and management. According to our bylaws and articles of incorporation, neither the holders of the Company's common stock nor the holders of the Company's preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of the Company's issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace the Company's board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of the Company by replacing its board of directors.

Anti-takeover Effects of Nevada Law

Business Combinations

The “business combination” provisions of Sections 78.411 to 78.444, inclusive, of the Nevada Revised Statutes, or NRS, prohibit a Nevada corporation with at least 200 stockholders from engaging in various “combination” transactions with any interested stockholder: for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status; or after the expiration of the three-year period, unless:

A “combination” is defined to include mergers or consolidations or any sale, lease exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of transactions, with an "interested stockholder" having: (a) an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the assets of the corporation, (b) an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of all outstanding shares of the corporation, or (c) 10% or more of the earning power or net income of the corporation.

In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 10% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire our company even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

40


Our articles of incorporation state that we have elected not to be governed by the “business combination” provisions, therefore such provisions currently do not apply to us.

Control Share Acquisitions

The “control share” provisions of Sections 78.378 to 78.3793, inclusive, of the NRS, which apply only to Nevada corporations with at least 200 stockholders, including at least 100 stockholders of record who are Nevada residents, and which conduct business directly or indirectly in Nevada, prohibit an acquirer, under certain circumstances, from voting its shares of a target corporation's stock after crossing certain ownership threshold percentages, unless the acquirer obtains approval of the target corporation's disinterested stockholders. The statute specifies three thresholds: one-fifth or more but less than one-third, one-third but less than a majority, and a majority or more, of the outstanding voting power. Once an acquirer crosses one of the above thresholds, those shares in an offer or acquisition and acquired within 90 days thereof become “control shares” and such control shares are deprived of the right to vote until disinterested stockholders restore the right. These provisions also provide that if control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired a majority or more of all voting power, all other stockholders who do not vote in favor of authorizing voting rights to the control shares are entitled to demand payment for the fair value of their shares in accordance with statutory procedures established for dissenters' rights.

Our articles of incorporation state that we have elected not to be governed by the “control share” provisions, therefore, they currently do not apply to us.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our independent stock transfer agent is Interwest Transfer Company, located in Salt Lake City, Utah. Their mailing address is 1981 East Murray Holladay Road, Suite 100, P.O. Box 17136, Salt Lake City, Utah 84117, and their telephone number is (801)272-9294.

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 78.138 of the NRS provides that a director or officer will not be individually liable unless it is proven that (i) the director's or officer's acts or omissions constituted a breach of his or her fiduciary duties, and (ii) such breach involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law.

Section 78.7502 of NRS permits a company to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding if the officer or director (i) is not liable pursuant to NRS 78.138 or (ii) acted in good faith and in a manner the officer or director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, if a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the officer or director was unlawful.

Section 78.751 of NRS permits a Nevada company to indemnify its officers and directors against expenses incurred by them in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding as they are incurred and in advance of final disposition thereof, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such officer or director is not entitled to be indemnified by the company. Section 78.751 of NRS further permits the company to grant its directors and officers additional rights of indemnification under its articles of incorporation or bylaws or otherwise.

Section 78.752 of NRS provides that a Nevada company may purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the company, or is or was serving at the request of the company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the company has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses.

41


Our Articles of Incorporation provide that no director or officer of the Company will be personally liable to the Company or any of its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer (i) for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or knowing violation of law, or (ii) the payment of dividends in violation of Section 78.300 of NRS. In addition, our Bylaws implement the indemnification and insurance provisions permitted by Chapter 78 of the NRS by providing that:

Insofar as indemnification by us for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling the company pursuant to provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by such director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being offered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Other than as disclosed herein, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements required by this item begin on page F-1 hereof.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

We have had no changes in or disagreements with our accountants required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

42


LEATT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

  Page
   
LEATT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010 F-1
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
         Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 F-3
   
         Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 F-4
   
         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 F-5
   
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7


 

 

 

LEATT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

 

 

F-1


F-2


LEATT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

ASSETS     
             
    2011     2010  

Current Assets

           

 Cash and cash equivalents

$  1,084,806   $  1,235,107  

 Short-term investments

  310,329     309,235  

 Accounts receivable

  2,993,681     2,847,813  

 Inventory

  3,679,223     2,757,196  

 Payments in advance

  179,653     120,150  

 Income tax refunds receivable

  -     40,300  

 Deferred tax asset

  47,000     54,300  

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  825,817     811,803  

   Total current assets

  9,120,509     8,175,904  

 

           

Property and equipment, net

  1,372,521     1,496,308  

 

           

Other Assets

           

 Deposits

  33,509     32,556  

 Intangible assets

  116,230     99,682  

   Total other assets

  149,739     132,238  

 

           

Total Assets

$  10,642,769   $  9,804,450  
             
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY    
             

Current Liabilities

           

   Accounts payable and accrued expenses

$  2,171,456   $  1,741,013  

   Customer deposits

  265     69,988  

   Income taxes payable

  148,000     -  

   Short term loan, net of finance charges

  617,010     631,430  

       Total current liabilities

  2,936,731     2,442,431  

 

           

Deferred tax liabilities

  100,000     112,400  

 

           

Commitments and contingencies

           

 

           

Stockholders' Equity

           

   Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 28,000,000 shares authorized, 3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding

  3,000     3,000  

   Common stock, $.001 par value, 700,000,000 shares authorized, 130,007,807 and 131,167,225 shares issued and outstanding in 2011 and 2010

  130,008     131,167  

   Additional paid - in capital

  7,286,865     7,367,123  

   Accumulated other comprehensive income

  199,618     526,281  

   Accumulated deficit

  (13,453 )   (777,952 )

       Total stockholders' equity

  7,606,038     7,249,619  

 

           

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

$  10,642,769   $  9,804,450  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


LEATT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

    2011     2010  
             
Revenues $  17,878,727   $  14,330,072  
             
Cost of Revenues   7,469,581     5,606,502  
             
Gross Profit   10,409,146     8,723,570  
             
Operating Expenses            
 Salaries and wages   2,369,666     2,710,054  
 Commissions and consulting expenses   499,482     519,851  
 Professional fees   769,628     1,140,562  
 Advertising and marketing   1,578,346     1,265,655  
 Office rent and expenses   256,714     211,713  
 Research and development costs   1,224,965     1,083,635  
 Bad debt expense   326,507     8,664  
 General and administrative expenses   2,226,187     1,616,811  
 Depreciation   398,389     344,746  
       Total operating expenses   9,649,884     8,901,691  
             
Income (Loss) from Operations   759,262     (178,121 )
             
Other Income            
 Interest and other income, net   122,410     25,674  
     Total other income   122,410     25,674  
             
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes   881,672     (152,447 )
             
Income Taxes   117,173     56,115  
             
Net Income (Loss ) Available to Common Shareholders $  764,499   $  (208,562 )
             
Net Income (Loss) per Common Share            
 Basic $  0.0059   $  0.00  
 Diluted $  0.0059   $  0.00  
             
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding            
 Basic   130,204,759     132,119,614  
 Diluted   130,204,759     131,119,614  
             
Comprehensive Income            
   Net Income (Loss) $  764,499   $  (208,562 )
   Other Comprehensive Income, net of $-0- deferred income taxes in 2011 and 2010        
       Foreign currency translation   (326,663 )   175,599  
             
       Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) $  437,836   $  (32,963 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


LEATT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

                                Accumulated              

 

                                Other              

 

  Preferred Stock A     Common Stock     Additional     Comprehensive     (Accumulated        

 

  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Paid - In Capital     Loss     Deficit)     Total  

Balance, January, 1 2010

  3,000,000   $  3,000     131,922,336   $  131,922   $  7,395,943   $  350,682   $  (569,390 ) $  7,312,157  

Shares issued to satisfy obligation

              333,333     333     49,667     -     -     50,000  

Repurchase of common stock

  -     -     (1,088,444 )   (1,088 )   (78,487 )   -     -     (79,575 )

Net loss

  -     -     -     -     -     -     (208,562 )   (208,562 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  -     -     -     -     -     175,599     -     175,599  

Balance, December 31, 2010

  3,000,000   $  3,000     131,167,225   $  131,167   $  7,367,123   $  526,281   $  (777,952 ) $  7,249,619  

Repurchase of common stock

  -     -     (1,159,418 )   (1,159 )   (80,258 )   -     -     (81,417 )

Net income

  -     -     -     -     -     -     764,499     764,499  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  -     -     -     -     -     (326,663 )   -     (326,663 )

Balance, December 31, 2011

  3,000,000   $  3,000     130,007,807   $  130,008   $  7,286,865   $  199,618   $  (13,453 ) $  7,606,038  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5



LEATT CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

  2011     2010  

 

           

Cash flows from operating activities

           

 Net income (loss)

$  764,499   $  (208,562 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

       

     Depreciation

  398,389     344,746  

     Deferred income taxes

  (5,100 )   78,000  

     Stock-based compensation

  -     50,000  

     Bad debts

  36,463     7,723  

     (Gain) Loss on disposal of property and equipment

  (8,553 )   21,011  

   (Increase) decrease in:

           

       Accounts receivable

  (182,331 )   (1,763,914 )

       Inventory

  (922,027 )   255,765  

       Payments in advance

  (59,503 )   (21,973 )

       Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  (14,014 )   (598,998 )

       Income tax refunds receivable

  40,300     337,143  

       Deposits

  (953 )   (24,660 )

   Increase (decrease) in:

           

       Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  430,443     720,684  

       Income taxes payable

  148,000     -  

       Customer deposits

  (69,723 )   (54,674 )

           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  555,890     (857,709 )

 

           

Cash flows from investing activities

           

   Capital expenditures

  (477,683 )   (459,904 )

   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

  20,013     -  

   Payments from related party, net

  -     7,273  

   Increase in short-term investments, net

  (1,094 )   (1,769 )

           Net cash used in investing activities

  (458,764 )   (454,400 )

 

           

Cash flows from financing activities

           

   Repurchase of common stock

  (81,417 )   (79,575 )

   Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term loan, net

  (14,420 )   509,756  

           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (95,837 )   430,181  

 

           

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

  (151,590 )   95,934  

 

           

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (150,301 )   (785,994 )

 

           

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year

  1,235,107     2,021,101  

 

           

Cash and cash equivalents - end of year

$  1,084,806   $  1,235,107  

 

           

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

           

 Cash paid for interest

$  453   $  124  

 Cash paid for income taxes

$  1,600   $  2,400  

 

           

 Other noncash investing and financing activities

           

   Common stock issued for services

$  -   $  50,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
   

Leatt Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on March 11, 2005, under the name Treadzone, Inc. On June 17, 2005, the Company changed its name to Leatt Corporation in connection with the Company’s acquisition of rights to use the Leatt neck brace patents and trademarks. The Company designs, distributes and markets personal protective equipment for sports and lifestyle activities, based on the Leatt-Brace ® system, a patented neck protection system. The Company’s products are manufactured in China and sold to customers worldwide through a global network of distributors and dealers. The Company’s revenues are generated solely from the sale of Leatt-Brace ® products.

 

The Company conducts business in South Africa as a foreign registered branch, and in the United States through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Two Eleven Distribution, LLC (“Two Eleven”) a California limited liability company. Research and development efforts, global sales and global operations are managed out of the Company’s foreign registered branch located in Cape Town, South Africa. Two Eleven acts as a distributor of Leatt-Brace ® products in the United States. Global marketing and United States sales are managed by Two Eleven located in Santa Clarita, California. The Company also has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Three Eleven Distribution (“Three Eleven”) which was an inactive South African incorporated company until December 2008, when it acquired South African registered patents relating to products unrelated to the Leatt- Brace ® from Xceed Holdings CC (“Holdings”), a South African incorporated company controlled by the Company’s founder. The Company established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Leatt New Zealand Limited (“New Zealand Limited”) during the first quarter of 2009. This Company acted as the distributor of Leatt-Brace ® products in New Zealand, until the 4 th quarter of 2011 when operations of New Zealand Limited ceased. The Company has appointed an unrelated third party distributor to distribute its products in the New Zealand market.

 

The Company has the exclusive global manufacturing and distribution rights to the Leatt-Brace ® which is an injection molded neck protection system designed to prevent potentially devastating injuries to the cervical spine and neck. The patents and all rights for the Leatt-Brace ® are held by Holdings except for those patents acquired by Three Eleven. There is a license agreement between Holdings and the Company which gives the Company the exclusive worldwide right and license to manufacture, sell and use apparatus embodying, employing and containing the Leatt-Brace ® technology.

 

Market for Common Stock - In order to enhance the ability of the Company’s shareholders to trade their common stock, the Company proceeded with efforts to quote its common stock on the Pink Sheets, LLC and, effective August 12, 2009, the Company’s common stock commenced quotation on the Pink Sheets (Symbol: Leatt.pk) with Landenburg Thalman & Co. acting as the Company’s primary market maker. The Pink Sheets is now known as The OTC Markets Group, Inc.

 

NOTE 2 -

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Leatt Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: Two Eleven Distribution, LLC, Three Eleven Distribution and Leatt New Zealand Limited. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

F-7


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
   

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue and Cost Recognition - All manufacturing of Leatt-Brace ® products is performed by third party subcontractors in China.

 

The Company records its revenue and related cost of revenue for its product sales in the United States upon shipment of the merchandise to the customer.

 

International sales are generally drop-shipped directly from the third party manufacturer to the Company’s customers. Revenue and related cost of revenue is recognized at the time of shipment from the manufacturer’s port when shipping terms are Free On Board (“FOB”) shipping point, Cost and Freight (“CFR”) or Cost and Insurance to named place (“CIP”) as legal title and risk of loss to the product pass to the customer.

 

Short-term investments - The Company’s short-term investments consists of certificates of deposit with a maturity of greater than three months but less than twelve months.

 

Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from normal business activities. Credit is granted to substantially all distributors on an unsecured basis. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. In determining the amount of the allowance, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions. Accounts receivable balances that are still outstanding after management has used reasonable collection efforts are written off as uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $57,463 and $21,000, respectively.

 

Inventory – Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first- in first-out (FIFO) method. Inventory consists primarily of finished goods. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of inventory. In assessing the inventory value, the Company must make estimates and judgments regarding reserves required for product obsolescence, aging of inventory and other issues potentially affecting the saleable condition of products. In performing such evaluations, the Company utilizes historical experience as well as current market information. There was no reserve for obsolescence for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets.

F-8


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
   

Property and Equipment (continued) - The estimated useful lives of assets for financial reporting purposes are as follows: moulds and tools, 2 to 5 years; computer equipment and software, 2 to 5 years; office and other equipment, 3 to 6 years; vehicles, 3 to 5 years; leasehold improvements, 3 years. The costs of improvements that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. When items of property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows to be generated by the assets. If these assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Based on these reviews, no asset impairment charges were made to the carrying value of long- lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Intangible Assets – The Company’s intangible assets consist of acquired patents with an indefinite useful life and are thus not amortized. Intangible assets are carried at cost less impairment. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was zero. There was no impairment of intangible assets at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

Short-term Loan – The Company finances payment of its product liability insurance premiums over the period of coverage, which is generally twelve months. The short-term loan is payable in monthly installments of $89,357 over ten months with interest at 2.99%.

 

Preferred Stock - The Company's preferred stock, when issued, is generally convertible to common stock at or above the then current market price of the Company's common stock and therefore, contains no beneficial conversion feature.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs – The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in revenues and shipping and handling costs incurred in cost of revenues.

 

 

Advertising - Costs of advertising and marketing are expensed as incurred.

 

Patent-related Costs – In connection with the Company’s license agreement with Holdings, the Company incurs legal costs associated with approved patents and patent applications in various jurisdictions which are expensed as incurred and classified as professional fees in the consolidated statements of operations. Patent-related costs totaled $218,345 and $338,130, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Research and Development – Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include the salaries of those individuals directly involved in research and development.

F-9


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
   

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions - The U.S. dollar is the Company's reporting currency. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations, consisting of its South African Branch and New Zealand, denominated in local currencies, SA RAND and NEW ZEALAND DOLLAR respectively are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction in the applicable period. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Gains and losses generated by transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the accompanying statement of operations in the period in which they occur. Net unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency translation adjustments totaled ($326,663) and $175,599, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Stock-Based Compensation - The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with the fair-value-base method set forth in FASB ASC Topic 718-10, Stock-Based Compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock options, based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant or the fair value of the services performed.

 

The Company recognizes these compensation costs, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, on a pro rata basis over the requisite service period of each vesting tranche of each award. The Company considers voluntary termination behavior as well as trends of actual option forfeitures when estimating the forfeiture rate.

 

Income Taxes - The Company uses the asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is applied against any net deferred tax asset if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes included taxes currently payable, if any, plus the net change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded by the Company.

 

The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“Standard”), which provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not of being sustained upon an examination by tax authorities. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, the standard provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties; accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition, and any amounts when incurred would be recorded under these provisions.

 

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits and the Company currently has no federal or state tax examinations in progress.

F-10


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
   

Net Income Per Share of Common Stock - Basic net income per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted–average number of common stock shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had 3,000,000 potential common shares outstanding that were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in diluted net income per share.

 

Comprehensive Income - Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities. Accumulated comprehensive income/loss at December 31, 2011 and 2010 represents cumulative translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign registered branch office and subsidiaries. The Company presents comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, inventory, payments in advance, customer deposits, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk - The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at several financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s uninsured bank balances totaled $970,635 and $1,247,667, respectively. The Company has not experienced any significant losses on its cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company’s trade receivables are derived from sales to distributors and dealers. The Company has adopted credit policies and standards intended to accommodate industry growth and inherent risk. Management believes that credit risks are moderated by the diversity of the Company’s end customers and geographic sales areas. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires collateral as deemed necessary. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses as needed.

 

The Company has derived, and believes that it will continue to derive, a significant portion of its revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company's US revenue was concentrated in five and six customers that accounted for approximately 36% and 36%, respectively, of annual US revenue. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $560,717, or 19%, and $329,505, or 14% of the Company's accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these customers. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company's international revenue was concentrated in five customers that accounted for approximately 37% and 41%, respectively, of annual international revenue for 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $181,311, or 1%, and $928,274, or 32% of the Company's accounts receivable, respectively, were due from these international customers.

F-11


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
   

Concentration of Credit Risk (Continued) - The Company generates revenue both in the United States and internationally. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, annual revenues associated with international customers were $10,109,894 and $8,493,593, or 57% and 59% of total revenue, respectively.

 

Statement of Cash Flows - The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with an initial maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, "Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS." This update amended explanations of how to measure fair value to result in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application required. The Company will adopt ASU 2011-04 during the first quarter of 2012. The adoption of this guidance will not have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. All non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity instead must be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 is to be adopted retrospectively and will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, as the guidance only changes the presentation of financial information. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12 deferring the effective date for implementation of ASU 2011-05 related only to reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income until a later date to be determined after further consideration by the FASB.

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU No. 2011-08 provides companies an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further goodwill impairment testing is necessary. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the two-step quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. ASU No. 2011-08 will be effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-12


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 3 - INVENTORY
   

Inventory consists primarily of finished goods. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of inventory. In assessing the inventory value, the Company must make estimates and judgments regarding reserves required for product obsolescence, aging of inventory and other issues potentially affecting the saleable condition of products.

 

In performing such evaluations, the Company utilizes historical experience as well as current market information. All products are manufactured by third parties in China and shipped to either a warehouse in California, the corporate offices in South Africa or to distributors throughout South America, Africa, Europe, Asia and Australia. There was no reserve for obsolescence on the inventory as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company has written off obsolete inventory amounting to $110,552 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

   
NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
   
  Property and equipment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

    2011     2010  
             
Land $  597,520   $  731,694  
Moulds and tools   1,188,543     870,603  
Computer equipment and software   704,185     641,743  
Office and other equipment   425,274     438,250  
Vehicles   133,361     160,293  
Leasehold improvements   134,048     161,201  
    3,182,931     3,003,784  
             
Less accumulated depreciation   (1,810,410 )   (1,507,476 )
Property and equipment, net $  1,372,521   $  1,496,308  

NOTE 5 - CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND PAYMENTS IN ADVANCE
   

Customer deposits represent payments received from customers prior to completion and shipment of the order. If the customer decides to cancel the order after the deposit has been paid, the Company will return the deposit or apply the deposit to a new order, however, the deposit will not be recorded as revenue. Payments in advance represent upfront payments made to contract manufacturers for the manufacturing of the Company’s products.

 

Customer deposits totaled $265 and $69,988 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and are recorded in current liabilities; and payments in advance of $179,653 and $120,150 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are recorded in current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-13


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 6 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
   

As of December 31, 2011, there were 700,000,000 shares authorized, and 130,007,807 shares issued and outstanding of the Company’s common stock with a par value of $.001 and 28,000,000 shares authorized, and 3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding of the Company’s Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) with a par value of $.001.

 

The Preferred Stock is convertible on a 1:1 ratio to common stock. Each holder of the Preferred Stock is entitled to receive dividends and is entitled to 100 votes for each one share of Preferred Stock.

 

Pursuant to an employment agreement, a former officer received 333,333 shares of common stock in 2010. The common stock was valued at $0.15, or $50,000 based on the fair value of the common stock at the date of the grant.

 

On December 6, 2011, the Board of Directors adopted and the shareholders subsequently approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") which provides for, among other incentives, the granting to employees, directors and consultants incentive stock options, non statutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares as the Plan Administrator may determine. The maximum number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Plan is 6,500,000. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be awarded to an individual participant in any one fiscal year is 1,950,000 shares. Options are generally exercisable at the fair market value or higher on the date of grant over a five year period. Shares are generally issued at the fair market value on the date of issuance. During the year ended December 31, 2011, no options were granted or stock issued under the Plan.

 

NOTE 7 -

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following components:


    2011     2010  
             
Current            
 Federal $  120,673     ($ 23,485 )
 State   1,600     1,600  
    122,273     (21,885 )
             
Deferred            
 Federal   (5,100 )   78,000  
    (5,100 )   78,000  
             
Income tax expense $  117,173   $  56,115  

F-14


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (continued)
   

The Company’s effective income tax expense (benefit) differs from the federal statutory amount because of the effect of the following items:


    2011     2010  
Federal tax statutory rate   34.00%     0.00%  
Effect of prior year (over) under provision   -3.50%     -110.00%  
Timing and permanent differences   -17.20%     73.00%  
Effect of fair value adjustment   0.00%     0.00%  
Utilization of foreign exchange loss   0.00%     0.00%  
    13.30%     -37.00%  

Deferred income taxes (benefit) reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and the tax effects of net operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

    2011     2010  
Deferred tax assets:            
Accounts receivable $  20,000   $  9,000  
Vacation accrual   27,000     32,000  
Net operating loss carryforwards   607,000     363,900  
Less valuation allowance   (607,000 )   (350,600 )
 Deferred tax assets, net $  47,000   $  54,300  
             
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Depreciation $  100,000   $  112,400  
 Deferred tax liabilities, net $  100,000   $  112,400  

In assessing the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of them will not be realized. Based on the Company’s anticipation of fluctuations in the Company’s net earnings for state tax purposes, the Company has established a valuation allowance due to the uncertainty as to the realization of the net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has approximately $6,860,000 and $4,100,000 of net operating loss carryforwards to offset certain future state taxable income, expiring in 2028.

The Company files a consolidated federal and separate company state income tax returns in the United States. The Company is not presently undergoing any significant tax audits. As of December 31, 2011, the tax years that remain subject to examination are 2008 to 2011 for federal and 2008 to 2011 for state tax purposes.

F-15


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (continued)
   

The Company has reviewed its open tax positions and determined that no exposures exist that require an adjustment as of December 31, 2011 or 2010. While the Company believes that it has performed adequate procedures to identify all reasonably identifiable exposures, it is possible that exposures exist and that these exposures will need to be assessed and may potentially have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 8 -

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Royalty fees associated with sales of Leatt-Brace ® products are paid to Holdings, a company owned by a director, and a related individual who is a shareholder. Royalties are based on 5% of the cash received from net sales of the braces worldwide and totaled $744,705 and $639,499 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The term of the royalty agreement is for the life of the intellectual property. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued royalties totaled $117,017 and $89,232.

 

NOTE 9 -

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Office / Warehouse Lease

 

The Company’s California entity is leasing office and warehouse space in Santa Clarita, California. The lease commenced on April 1, 2010 and continues through March 31, 2013. The lease agreement calls for monthly base rent in the amount of $4,401 that will increase to $5,126 on April 1, 2012.

 

In addition, the Company’s South African branch leases space in South Africa. The lease was renewed on December 15, 2011 and continues through December 15, 2014. The lease agreement calls for an initial monthly rent of $6,529 with an annual escalation percentage of 5%. Effective August 1, 2010 the South African branch sub-leased a portion of their office space to Holdings, a related entity. Monthly rent is $150 plus its share of expenses. Sublease income totaled $1,798 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

All other operating leases are on a month-to-month basis.

 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases in each of the years subsequent to December 31, 2011 are as follows:


2012 $  137,852  
2013 $  97,818  
2014 $  86,562  

Rent expense totaled $256,714 and $211,713, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

F-16


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
   
  Litigation/Potential Litigation
   

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to lawsuits and other claims and proceedings. Such matters are subject to uncertainty and outcomes are often not predictable with assurance. Such disputes are only reported in detail in the financial statements or footnotes when the Company believes that they may possibly have a material impact on the business or financial condition or performance of the Company. “Material” typically means an impact that exceeds ten percent of a company’s net worth or gross annual revenues. Such a determination is often subjective and influenced by many factors, which factors are subject to change or are beyond the ability of the Company to control or foresee. The following summary speaks only as of the date of this financial report. In general, the Company reports on any litigation even if the Company believes that the lawsuit or lawsuits are without merit and do not warrant any contingent liability provision.

 

Pending Product Liability Lawsuits : There is no liability accrued for potential losses for the following civil lawsuits as the Company believes the claims are without merit and will vigorously defend against these actions. The Company cannot predict at this time the outcome of current litigation. Legal counsel appointed by the Company, or by the Company’s insurance carrier, are handling each of the following claims.

 

(1) On February 28, 2012, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District Of Ohio (Eastern Division). This claim is for alleged product liability, personal injury, misrepresentation, consumer practices violation and punitive damages.

 

(2) On December 30, 2011 a lawsuit was filed with the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio against the Company. This claim is for alleged product liability, personal injury, misrepresentation, consumer practice violations and punitive damages. (NOTE: The two lawsuits in the Northern District of Ohio were filed by one law firm.)

 

(3) On October 1, 2010, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Kentucky. The claim is for alleged strict liability and breach of product warranties. This case has been set for trial on October 9, 2012.

 

Resolved Product Liability Lawsuits : During the fiscal year the following two claims were settled by the Company’s insurance carriers without expenditure of company funds. Legal counsel appointed by insurance carriers handled these matters to conclusion without the Company paying any compensation to the plaintiffs:


  (1)

On October 28, 2009, the Company was named a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed in the Yuba County Superior Court in California. The claim was for alleged product defects and breach of product warranties.

     
  (2)

On March 11, 2009, the Company was named a defendant in the lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky. The claim was for alleged defective product design and breach of product warranties.

F-17


LEATT CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
   
 

Litigation/Potential Litigation

 

Pending Intellectual Property Rights Claims, Lawsuits, and Proceedings : To protect its intellectual property rights, the Company files patent applications in various nation states. The application process allows third parties to file objections to the Company’s patent application or granted patent, which objections can be for a variety of reasons but are typically based on a claim of any existing, competing patent or patent application. The patent authority resolves any such contested patent applications as part of the application process. The Company does not report any third party objections to patent applications until and unless such objections are granted in whole or in part by the patent authority.

 

Such objections are not unusual in the patent application process in general and often such objections are denied or circumvented by changes in the patent application.

 

From time to time, the Company sends legal letters to third parties regarding possible infringement of the Company’s Intellectual Property rights. Such matters are not reported until litigation is probable or resources spent warrant creating a contingent liability.

 

In addition, the Company is defending the following lawsuit with counsel selected and paid for by the Company:

 

On December 1, 2012, in response to a cease and desist letter from the Company’s intellectual property counsel, a prospective seller of a competing neck brace design brought suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California seeking a declaration that its proposed brace does not infringe on the Leatt-Brace ® patents. On January 18, 2012, the Company filed an Answer and Counterclaim alleging patent infringement and requesting injunctive relief, damages, and attorneys’ fees. The Company cannot predict at this time the outcome of this litigation.

 

NOTE 10 –

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through March 28, 2012, the date the financial statements were released. On February 1, 2012, the Company granted 5,200,000 stock options to employees and directors at an exercise price of $.04 per share, based on the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The options are exercisable over five years. None of the options granted have been exercised.

F-18


SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

LEATT CORPORATION

  By: /s/ Sean Macdonald
    Sean Macdonald
    President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sean Macdonald and each of them individually, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Leatt Corporation - Form 10-Q -

Signature                                             Title Date
     
/s/ Mr. Sean Macdonald President, Chief Executive Officer and April 30, 2012
Mr. Sean Macdonald Chief Financial Officer  
     
/s/Dr. Christopher James Leatt Chairman April 30, 2012
Dr. Christopher James Leatt    
     
/s/Mr. Jeffrey J. Guzy Director April 30, 2012
Mr. Jeffrey J. Guzy    
     
/s/ Zafiris M. Zafiropoulos Director April 30, 2012
Mr. Zafiris M. Zafiropoulos    


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number Exhibit Title
2.1  

Settlement Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2008, between Leatt Corp., Christopher J. Leatt and J. P. De Villiers.

2.2  

Amendment No. 1 to Settlement Agreement, dated February 4, 2010, between Leatt Corp., Christopher J. Leatt and Jean-Pierre DeVilliers

3.1  

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of Nevada on October 28, 2008

3.2  

Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted on October 28, 2008

4.1  

Certificate of Designation of Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock, as filed with the Secretary of State of Nevada on October 29, 2008

4.2  

Purchase Warrant, dated February 29, 2008, issued to Rubinstein IR

4.3  

Purchase Warrant, dated February 29, 2008, issued to Bill Swalm

4.4  

Purchase Warrant, dated February 29, 2008, issued to Timothy Clemensen

4.5  

Leatt Corp. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan

4.6  

Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Leatt Corp. and Dr. Christopher Leatt

4.7  

Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Leatt Corp. and Sean Macdonald

4.8  

Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Leatt Corp. and Philip Davy

4.9  

Stock Option Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Leatt Corp. and Erik Olsson

10.1  

Patent and Royalty License Agreement, dated March 1, 2006, between Leatt Corp., Xceed Holdings (Pty) Ltd. (formerly, Leatt Brace Holdings (Pty) Ltd.) and J. P. De Villiers Trust.

10.2  

Amendment to Patent and Royalty License Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, between Leatt Corp. and Xceed Holdings (Pty) Ltd. (formerly, Leatt Brace Holdings (Pty) Ltd.)

10.3  

Patent Assignment Agreement, dated January 1, 2009, between Xceed Holdings (Pty) Ltd. and Three Eleven Distribution (Pty) Ltd.

10.4  

Software License Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, between Leatt Corp., Esteq Design (Pty) Ltd. and Siemens Industry Software Ltd.

10.5  

Copyright Licensing Agreement, dated November 24, 2009, between Silva Mattos & CIA, LTDA and Leatt Corp.

10.6  

End User Licensing Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between Bluekey Software Solutions and Leatt Corp.

10.7  

Lease Agreement, dated April 27, 2010, between Two Eleven Distribution LLC and Sky Business Center, LLC

10.8  

Lease Agreement, dated December 15, 2011, between Leatt Corp. and AJ Brutus Investments cc.

10.9  

Storage Rental Agreement, dated August 25, 2011, between Kingvest 2 (Pty) Ltd. and Leatt Corp

10.10  

Storage Rental Agreement, dated January 12, 2012, between The Storage Spot and Leatt Corp.

10.11  

Leatt Distributor Form Business Terms, dated February 10, 2008

10.12  

Supply Agreement, dated May 1, 2011, between Leatt Corp. and Scott Sports SA

10.13  

Financing Agreement, dated October 21, 2011, between Flat Iron Financing and Leatt Corp.

10.14  

Contract of Employment, dated August 1, 2009, between Leatt Corp. and Sean Macdonald

10.15  

Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2010, between Leatt Corp. and Erik Olsson

10.16  

Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, between Two Eleven Distribution LLC and Philip Davy

10.17  

Director Agreement, dated September 19, 2011, between Leatt Corp. and Zafiris Michael Zafiropoulos

14.1  

Code of Ethics

21  

List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

24  

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)



Exhibit 2.1

SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

          This SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT, dated September 25 , 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), Christopher J. Leatt, an individual (“Leatt”) and J.P. DeVilliers, an individual (“ JP ” and together with Leatt, the “ Principals ”). Each of Leatt, JP and the Company is referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively, as the “ Parties .” BACKGROUND

          A.      Pursuant to a certain asset purchase agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”), dated on or about June 17, 2005, among the Company and the Principals, the Company agreed to issue and deliver to the Principals, an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”) and 24,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, which was to be divided between Leatt and JP, as described below. The Company was obligated to issue to Leatt, 20,000,000 shares Common Stock, 9,600,000 shares to be designated as Series A Control Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”) and 9,600,000 shares to be designated as Series B Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ” and together with the Series A Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”), in exchange for permanent and exclusive use of certain patents and rights held by Leatt in connection with his Leatt Brace™ product. The Company also agreed to issue and deliver to JP, 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 2,400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,400,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in exchange for his services in connection with the general management and operation of the Company. Special rights and preferences were meant to be associated with the Preferred Stock that were issued to the Principals, including but not limited to certain distribution rights, liquidation rights and voting rights.

          C.      The Company issued and delivered the Common Stock to the Principals in accordance with the Original Agreement, but the Company could not fulfill its obligation (the “ Obligation ”) to issue and deliver the Preferred Stock due to a deficiency in its Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Articles ”). Although the Articles authorized the issuance of preferred stock, the Articles neither set special designations for the preferred stock, nor authorized the Company’s Board of Directors to designate such preferences, as required by Nevada law. As a result, the Company cannot issue the Preferred Stock as contemplated by the Original Agreement without first amending the Articles, to either set special designations for the preferred stock, or authorize the Company’s Board of Directors to designate preferences for the Company’s Preferred Stock.

          D.      The Company intends to fulfill its Obligation to the Principals by taking the actions described in this Agreement, including the issuance to the Principals of the securities described in this Agreement. In consideration thereof, the Principals will release the Company from all claims, grievances and causes of action of any kind or nature arising out of or related to the failure of the Company to satisfy the Obligation.

COVENANTS AND TERMS OF SETTLEMENT

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

          1.      FULFILLMENT OF THE OBLIGATION . In consideration for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company shall fulfill and discharge the Obligation as follows:


                    (a)      The Company shall promptly, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days hereof, issue and deliver 16,800,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to Leatt and 4,200,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to JP. When used herein, a “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Cape Town, South Africa are required or authorized by law to be closed.

                    (b)      The Company shall promptly amend and restate the Articles (the “ Amendment ”) to either set special designations for the Company’s preferred stock, or authorize the Company’s Board of Directors to designate preferences for the Company’s preferred stock, and shall promptly file such Amendment with the Secretary of State for the State of Nevada (the “ Nevada Secretary of State ”).

                    (c)      Within two (2) Business Days following the filing of the Amendment, the Company shall establish a series of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share that shall be designated as “Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and shall file with the Nevada Secretary of State, a certificate of designation setting the preferences, rights, qualifications and limitations for such Series A Stock Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate of Designation ”), in the form of Exhibit A , hereto.

                    (d)      Within fifteen (15) Business Days following the effective date of the Amendment (the “ Effective Date ”), the Company will issue 2,400,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to Leatt and 600,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to JP.

          2.       RELEASE BY THE PRINCIPALS . In exchange for the fulfillment and discharge of the Obligation provided for herein, each of the Principals on behalf of himself, his affiliates, agents, employees, assigns, representatives, heirs, and any person or entity that claims any right or interest through or on behalf of any of the foregoing (each a “ Releasor ”) hereby releases, forgives and forever discharges the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, predecessors, or agents, and their present or former employees, officers, directors, attorneys and other agents (collectively, the “ Releasees ”) from any and all liabilities, obligations, claims, actions, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, damages and demands whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, matured or unmatured, both at law (including federal and state securities laws) and in equity, which each Releasor now has or has ever had against the Company or any Releasees arising contemporaneously with or prior to the date of this Agreement on account of, arising out of, or in any way related to the Obligation, or any other matter relating thereto; provided, however, and notwithstanding the foregoing release and to the extent allowed by applicable laws and regulations, Leatt and JP, whether jointly or individually, shall be entitled to counterclaim or cross claim against, or by impleader, joinder or similar pleading make a third party defendant of, any Releasees in any legal proceeding, administrative proceeding, arbitration proceeding or other legal proceeding that is brought or commenced by a Company securityholder or third party and is, in whole or in part, based upon, resulting from or asserting a cause of action arising from: (a) the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock and/or issuance of any other securities of the Company contemplated herein or made under this Agreement, or (b) this Agreement or (c) any related transactions or agreement (any such pleading and/or action in any of the aforesaid proceedings and any such proceeding shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as an “ Excepted Action ”). Neither the release in this Section 2 nor any other provision of this Agreement shall prohibit, bar, hinder or serve as a defense to the right of Leatt and/or JP to file such counterclaim, cross claim, impleader or joinder and to pursue and receive the benefit of all available remedies under such pleadings or actions. For the consideration and mutual promises specified herein and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Principals agrees for himself and anyone claiming for or

2


through him or any third party, to waive, release, promise and agree not to bring or pursue any judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative action against any Releasee for any reason whatsoever arising out of any claim released by this Agreement, expressly excluding any Excepted Action. Each of the Principals further acknowledges and agrees that he has not already filed or otherwise commenced any such action and that he has not assigned, sold or given any of the rights he is releasing to any person or entity. No breach of this Agreement shall be covered by the foregoing release.

          3.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

                    (a)       Representations and Warranties of the Principals . Each of the Principals hereby represents and warrants that he has the requisite capacity to enter into this Agreement and to carry out his obligations hereunder and that all the statements made by him in this Agreement are true and accurate. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Principal and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Principal enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.

                    (b)       Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants that it has the requisite power to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and that the terms of this Agreement have been fully disclosed to the Board of Directors (or similar authority) of the Company, and that the requisite approvals have been obtained, prior to its execution. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.

          4.       MISCELLANEOUS .

                    (a)       Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, if any, constitute the entire agreement among the Parties and supersede any and all prior agreements, discussions, representations and warranties among the Parties with respect to the Obligation and any other matters set forth herein. The Parties have not relied upon any statements or representations made by any Party outside the content of this Agreement.

                    (b)      Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective only: (a) when delivered, if delivered by hand; (b) upon receipt, if transmitted by a nationally-recognized overnight courier service; (c) when sent by electronic transmission, if sent by electronic transmission which is confirmed; or (d) upon receipt if mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested); provided, however, that if a communication hereunder is delivered on an non-Business Day, then such communication shall be deemed given on the next Business Day. The address for such notices and communications shall be the address set forth for each Party in the signature page hereof.

                    (c)      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to the conflict of law principals thereof.

                    (d)      Waiver Of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

                    (e)       Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.

3


                    (f)      Assignment; Successors; No Third Party Rights . No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto. This Agreement is binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any person other than the Parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement, except such rights as shall inure to a successor or permitted assignee pursuant to this paragraph.

                    (g)       Construction . This Agreement shall not be construed against the Party preparing it, but shall be construed as if the Parties collectively prepared it and any uncertainty or ambiguity shall not be interpreted against any Party.

                    (h)      Modifications; Waiver . This Agreement may not be modified orally. No breach of any provision hereof may be waived unless in writing. Waiver of any breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach of the same or of any other provision hereof. All modifications to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Parties to be charged.

                    (i)      Counterparts; Facsimile Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one agreement. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Agreement shall be legal, valid and binding for all purposes.

                    (j)      Advice of Counsel . Each Party to this Agreement has had the opportunity to discuss and consult with legal counsel during the preparation of this Agreement, has taken full cognizance of, and understands the terms and conditions set forth herein, and voluntarily enters into this Agreement only after such consultation and evaluation.

                    (k)      Additional Action . Each Party shall, upon request of the other Parties, from time to time, execute and deliver promptly to such other Party or Parties all instruments and documents of further assurances or otherwise and will do any and all such acts and things as may be reasonably required to carry out the obligations of such Party hereunder and to effectuate the settlement and release contemplated hereby.

                    (l)      Insurance Coverage . Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to mean that any of the Principals has waived his right to be covered under the Company’s Directors and Officers Insurance Policy, in connection with his role as a director or officer of the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

4




EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Designations
(See Attached)


CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF
SERIES A VOTING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

SETTING FORTH THE PREFERENCES,
RIGHTS, QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF SUCH SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK

          Pursuant to the laws of the State of Nevada, Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify that:

          Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Restated Articles ”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation on August 29, 2008, adopted the following resolution creating a series of preferred stock designated as Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock, and such resolution is in full force and effect on the date hereof:

                     RESOLVED , that, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Articles as of its effective date (the “ Effective Date ”), the Board hereby creates, from the authorized but unissued shares of the preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation, effective as of the Effective Date, a series of preferred stock consisting of 3,000,000 shares and having voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions as follows:

Terms of Preferred Stock

1.       Designation, Amount and Par Value

          There is hereby authorized and established a series of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, that shall be designated as “Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 3,000,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased, but not to a number less than the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then issued and outstanding, by resolution adopted by the full Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Leatt Corporation (the “ Corporation ”). On the date that the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”), the price per share of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Original Issue Price ”), shall initially be equal to $0.001 per share, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

2.       Dividends; Rank

          The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends and, with respect to rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution, shall rank (a) on a parity with any other series of Preferred Stock hereafter established by the Board, and (b) prior to the common stock, par value $0.001 per share of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”).

3.       Liquidation Preference

          3.1      Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (each a “ Holder ” and together the “ Holders ”) shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, an amount per share (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) equal to [the Series A Original Issue Price, as may be adjusted from time].


          3.2      If, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders by reason of their ownership of stock of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit the payment to Holders of the full aforementioned Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders by reason of their ownership of stock of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the Holders and the holders of the Common Stock.

          3.3      For purposes of this Section 4, a “ Liquidation Event ” is any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

4.      Voting Rights

          Except as otherwise required by law, each Holder shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes for each one (1) share of Series A Preferred Stock held at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited. Except as required by law or as otherwise set forth herein, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. Fractional votes by the Holders shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting rights shall (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each Holder could be converted) be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

5.       Conversion Rights

          5.1      Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be initially convertible into one (1) share of Common Stock (each, a “ Conversion Share ”), at any time and from time to time on or after its issuance. A Holder shall effect conversions by providing the Corporation with the form of conversion notice attached hereto as Annex A (a “ Notice of Conversion ”) as fully and originally executed by such Holder, together with the delivery by the Holder to the Corporation of the stock certificate(s) representing the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, with such stock certificates being duly endorsed in full for transfer to the Corporation or with an applicable stock power duly executed by the Holder in the manner and form as deemed reasonable by the Corporation’s transfer agent for the Common Stock. Each Notice of Conversion shall specify the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned prior to the conversion at issue, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned subsequent to the conversion at issue, the stock certificate number and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented thereby which are accompanying the Notice of Conversion, and the date on which such conversion is to be effected, which date may not be prior to two business days following the date that the Holder mails such Notice of Conversion and the applicable stock certificates to the Corporation by overnight delivery service (the “ Conversion Date ”). If no Conversion Date is specified in a Notice of Conversion, the Conversion Date shall be the business day immediately following the date that such Notice of Conversion and applicable stock certificates are received by the Corporation. The calculations and entries set forth in the Notice of Conversion shall control in the absence of manifest or mathematical error. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof shall be canceled and may not be reissued.

          5.2      Subject to Section 5.1, all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into Conversion Shares upon the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the date fixed for consummation of any transaction resulting in a Change in Control of the Corporation. A “ Change in Control ” means a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another company or entity in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another company or entity not controlled by the

2


then existing stockholders of the Corporation in a transaction or series of transactions. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the Conversion Shares unless certificates evidencing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent or the Holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent in writing that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith. Upon the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.2, the Corporation shall promptly send written notice thereof, by hand delivery or by overnight delivery, to the Holders at their addresses then shown on the records of the Corporation, which notice shall state that certificates evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock must be surrendered at the office of the Corporation (or of its transfer agent for the Common Stock, if applicable).

          5.3      The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, each as herein provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual or contingent purchase rights of persons other than the Holders, not less than such number of shares of the Common Stock as shall (subject to any additional requirements of the Corporation as to reservation of such shares set forth in the Purchase Agreements) be issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly and validly authorized, issued and fully paid, nonassessable. The Corporation shall immediately, in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock if, at any time, the authorized amount of its Common Stock, remaining unissued shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

          5.4      No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock a Holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

          5.5      The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the converting Holders for such certificates. The issuance of certificates for shares of the Common Stock on conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the Holders thereof for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such certificate, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holder of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

6.       Adjustments

          If the Company, at any time while shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding: (1) pays a stock dividend on its Common Stock or otherwise makes a distribution on any class of capital stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock, (2) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, or (3) combines outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then the number of Conversion Shares shall be increased (in the case of clauses (1) and (2)), or decreased (in the case of clause (3)), at a ratio obtained by multiplying the number of original Conversion Shares by

3


a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to clause (1) of this paragraph shall become effective upon the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, and any adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph shall become effective upon the effective date of such subdivision or combination.

7.       Redemption

          7.1      The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, by the Corporation at a purchase price equal [the Series A Original Issue Price] at any time following the first to occur of (a) the date that the Patent and Royalty License Agreement, as amended (the “ Licensing Agreement ”), dated March 1, 2006, between Leatt Brace Holdings (Pty) Ltd., a South African company (the “ Leatt Holdings ”) and the Corporation is terminated for any reason, or (b) the date that any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are transferred in violation of Section 8 hereof. The Corporation shall provide written notice of redemption to the Holders at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date set for such redemption. The Holders shall have the right to convert their Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock at any time prior to the date set for such redemption.

          7.2      In order to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 7.1 hereof the Corporation shall deliver a notice of redemption to the Holder along with payment of the aggregate redemption amount to the address of such Holder as noted in the record books of the Corporation. Upon delivery of such notice along with such required payment, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be effectively redeemed.

8.       Transfer

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof may not be transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of by the Holder, except in connection with a change of control made with the approval of the board of directors, or a transfer to a trust or family limited liability company created solely for estate planning and solely for the benefit of immediate family members (as defined under Nevada law, including common law); and the terms hereof shall be binding upon any such transferee or transferees.

9.       Miscellaneous

          9.1      Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder, including, without limitation, any Notice of Conversion, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Corporation, at its principal address. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Corporation hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the facsimile telephone number or address of such Holder appearing in the records of the Corporation, or if no such facsimile telephone number or address appears, at the principal place of business of the Holder. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given when received, and any notice by telecopier shall be effective if confirmation of receipt is given by the party to whom the notice is transmitted.

          9.2      If a Holder’s Series A Preferred Stock certificate shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation shall execute and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated certificate, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed

4


certificate, a new certificate for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate, and of the ownership thereof, and indemnity, if requested, all reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.

          9.3      This Certificate constitutes an agreement between the Corporation and the Holders. For as long as any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding, the terms hereof may be amended, modified, repealed or waived only by the affirmative vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and series.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Leatt Corporation, through its designated officer, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name as of August 29, 2008.

LEATT CORPORATION
A Nevada corporation

By: _________________________________
Jeffrey J. Guzy
President

5


ANNEX A

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

(TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER IN ORDER TO CONVERT
SHARES OF SERIES A VOTING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK)

The undersigned hereby elects to convert the number of shares of Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) indicated below, into shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of LEATT CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), according to the conditions hereof, as of the date written below. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and is delivering herewith such certificates and opinions as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance therewith. No fee will be charged to the Holder for any conversion, except for such transfer taxes, if any.

Conversion Calculations :

Date to Effect Conversion: __________________________________________________________________

Number of shares of Common Stock owned prior to Conversion: ______________________________________

Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted: _______________________________________

Value of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted: _________________________________________

Number of shares of Common Stock to be Issued: _________________________________________________

Certificate Number of Series A Preferred Stock attached hereto: _______________________________________

Number of Shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by attached certificate: _________________________

Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock subsequent to Conversion: _______________________________

[HOLDER]

 

By:_____________________________
      Name: ________________________



Exhibit 2.2

AMENDMENT NO. 1

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 to the SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND RELEASE is entered into as of February 4, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”) by and among Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), Christopher J. Leatt, an individual (“ Leatt ”) and J.P. DeVilliers, an individual (“ JP ” and together with Leatt, the “ Principals ”). Each of the parties hereto are referred to as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Original Agreement (as defined below).

BACKGROUND

          The Parties entered into a Settlement Agreement and Release, dated as of September 25, 2008 (the “ Original Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed, among other things, to (a) issue and deliver 16,800,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to Leatt and 4,200,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to JP, and (b) issue 2,400,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share to Leatt and 600,000 shares to JP. The Parties now desire to enter into this Amendment to correct the recitals in the Original Agreement as more specifically set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the Parties, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

          1.       Amendment to Recital A : Recital A, of the Original Agreement is deleted in its entirety and in lieu thereof the following provision is inserted:

                        A.       Pursuant to a certain asset purchase agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”), dated on or about June 17, 2005, among the Company and the Principals, the Company agreed to issue and deliver to the Principals, an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”) and 24,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, which was to be divided between Leatt and JP, as described below. The Company was obligated to issue to Leatt, 20,000,000 shares Common Stock, 9,600,000 shares to be designated as Series A Control Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”) and 9,600,000 shares to be designated as Series B Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ” and together with the Series A Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”), and to JP, 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 2,400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,400,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in exchange for their services in connection with the general management and operation of the Company’s operations in South Africa, prior to the Company’s going public transaction in June 17, 2005. Special rights and preferences were meant to be associated with the Preferred Stock that were issued to the Principals, including but not limited to certain distribution rights, liquidation rights and voting rights.


          2.      Agreement . In all other respects, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

          3.       Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2


           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment to the Settlement Agreement and Release as of the date first above written.

  Company : LEATT CORPORATION
     
     
     
    By: /s/ Jeff J. Guzy
    Jeff J. Guzy
    President
     
    Address :
    Leatt Corporation
    Unit 1, Kyalami Plaza,
    Kyalami Drive, Killarney Gardens,
    Cape Town, 7441, South Africa
     
  Principals :  
     
     
    By: /s/ Christopher J. Leatt
    Christopher J. Leatt
     
    Address :
    c/o Leatt Corporation
    Unit 1, Kyalami Plaza,
    Kyalami Drive, Killarney Gardens,
    Cape Town, 7441, South Africa
     
     
     
    By: /s/ Jean-Pierre DeVilliers
    Jean-Pierre DeVilliers
     
    Address :
    c/o Leatt Corporation
    Unit 1, Kyalami Plaza,
    Kyalami Drive, Killarney Gardens,
    Cape Town, 7441, South Africa

Amendment No. 1 to Settlement and Release Agreement



Exhibit 3.4






Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
LEATT CORPORATION
(the “Corporation”)

Adopted on October 28, 2008
_______________________________________________________

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

          Section 1.1.       Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation shall be as from time to time set forth in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

          Section 1.2.      Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Nevada, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 2.1.      Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of Directors shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Nevada, as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Nevada, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

          Section 2.2.       Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such time as may be determined by the Board of Directors, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

          Section 2.3.       List of Stockholders . At least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of voting shares registered in the name of each, shall be prepared by the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books. Such list shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation for a period of ten days prior to such meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

          Section 2.4.       Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer (if any) or the President or the Board of Directors, or shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of the holders of not less than thirty percent of all the shares issued, outstanding and


entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting unless all stockholders entitled to vote are present and consent.

           Section 2.5.      Notice . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the stockholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer (if any), the President, the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books and records of the Corporation or its transfer agent, with postage thereon prepaid.

          Section 2.6.      Quorum . At all meetings of the stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

          Section 2.7.       Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting shall decide any questions brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

          Section 2.8.       Method of Voting . Each outstanding share of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are otherwise provided by applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact and bearing a date not more than 6 months prior to such meeting, unless such instrument provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and if, and only so long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. Such proxy shall be

2


filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to or at the time of the meeting. Voting for directors shall be in accordance with Article III of these Amended and Restated Bylaws. Voting on any question or in any election may be by voice vote or show of hands unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by written ballot.

          Section 2.9.      Record Date; Closing Transfer Books . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such record date to be not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to such meeting, or the Board of Directors may close the stock transfer books for such purpose for a period of not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to such meeting. In the absence of any action by the Board of Directors, the date upon which the notice of the meeting is mailed shall be the record date.

          Section 2.10.       Action By Consent . Any action required or permitted by law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Amended and Restated Bylaws to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power; provided that if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consents is required. Such signed consent shall be delivered to the Secretary for inclusion in the Minute Book of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          Section 3.1.      Management . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Articles of Incorporation, a stockholders’ agreement or these Amended and Restated Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

          Section 3.2.       Qualification; Election; Term . None of the directors need be a stockholder of the Corporation or a resident of the State of Nevada. The directors shall be elected by plurality vote at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

          Section 3.3.       Number . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

          Section 3.4.       Removal . Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote; provided, however, that notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given in the notice calling such meeting.

          Section 3.5.      Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected

3


to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. A directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office only until the next election of one or more directors by the stockholders.

          Section 3.6.      Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held at such place within or without the State of Nevada as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

          Section 3.7.       Annual Meeting . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held without further notice immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and at the same place, unless by unanimous consent or unless the directors then elected and serving shall change such time or place.

          Section 3.8.      Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

          Section 3.9.      Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer (if any) or President on oral or written notice to each director, given either personally, by telephone, by telegram or by mail, given at least forty-eight hours prior to the time of the meeting. Special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of directors. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need to be specified in a notice or waiver of notice.

          Section 3.10.      Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

          Section 3.11.      Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the fact as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction is known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the fact as to his relationship or interest and

4


as to the contract or transaction is known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

          Section 3.12.      Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors of the Corporation, which committees shall have such power and authority and shall perform such functions as may be provided in such resolution. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be designated by the Board and shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

          Section 3.13.       Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without such a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors or such other committee, as the case may be.

          Section 3.14.      Compensation of Directors . Directors shall receive such compensation for their services, and reimbursement for their expenses as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall establish; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV
NOTICE

          Section 4.1.      Form of Notice . Whenever required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, notice is to be given to any director or stockholder, and no provision is made as to how such notice shall be given, such notice may be given: (a) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such director or stockholder at such address as appears on the books and records of the Corporation or its transfer agent; or (b) in any other method permitted by law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.

          Section 4.2.       Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation as required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated in such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a stockholder or director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such stockholder or director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS AND AGENTS

5


          Section 5.1.      In General . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Treasurer, and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

           Section 5.2.      Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall elect the officers, none of whom need be a member of the Board of Directors.

          Section 5.3.       Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may also elect and appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall be elected and appointed for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

          Section 5.4.       Salaries . The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board, if so authorized by the Board.

          Section 5.5.      Term of Office and Removal . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his death, or his resignation or removal from office, or the election and qualification of his successor, whichever shall first occur. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

          Section 5.6.       Employment and Other Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name or on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. The Board of Directors may, when it believes the interest of the Corporation will best be served thereby, authorize executive employment contracts which will contain such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

          Section 5.7.      Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall perform such executive, supervisory and management functions and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and all meetings of the Board of Directors.

          Section 5.8.       Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board.

          Section 5.9.      President . The President shall be subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer (if any), and shall have general charge of the business,

6


affairs and property of the Corporation and general supervision over its other officers and agents. The President shall see that the officers carry all other orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors into effect. The President shall execute all authorized conveyances, contracts, or other obligations in the name of the Corporation except where required by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or reserved to the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

          Section 5.10.      Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer shall be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer (if any), the President and the Board of Directors and shall have day-to-day managerial responsibility for the operation of the Corporation.

          Section 5.11.       Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer (if any), the President and the Board of Directors and shall have day-to-day managerial responsibility for the finances of the Corporation.

          Section 5.12.       Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may from time to time prescribe, or as the President may from time to time delegate to him. In the absence or disability of the President, any Vice President may perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.

          Section 5.13.       Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall perform like duties for the Board of Directors when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation. He shall be under the supervision of the President. He shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate.

          Section 5.14.       Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to him.

          Section 5.15.       Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of all corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall render to the Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as

7


Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe or the President may from time to time delegate.

          Section 5.16.      Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to him.

          Section 5.17.      Bonding . If required by the Board of Directors, all or certain of the officers shall give the Corporation a bond, in such form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of their office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF SHARES

          Section 6.1.      Form of Certificates . The Corporation may, but is not required to, deliver to each stockholder a certificate or certificates, in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, representing shares to which the stockholder is entitled. Such certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be registered on the books and records the Corporation or its transfer agent as they are issued. Each certificate shall state on the face thereof the holder’s name, the number, class of shares, and the par value of such shares or a statement that such shares are without par value.

          Section 6.2.      Shares without Certificates . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of uncertificated shares of some or all of the shares of any or all of its classes or series. The issuance of uncertificated shares has no effect on existing certificates for shares until surrendered to the Corporation, or on the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes, the rights and obligations of stockholders are identical whether or not their shares of stock are represented by certificates. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement containing the information required on the certificates pursuant to Section 6.1. At least annually thereafter, the Corporation shall provide to its stockholders of record, a written statement confirming the information contained in the informational statement previously sent pursuant to this Section.

          Section 6.3.      Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate be issued, or that uncertificated shares be issued, in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond, in such form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When a

8


certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to notify the Corporation within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the holder of record is precluded from making any claim against the Corporation for the transfer or a new certificate or uncertificated shares.

          Section 6.4.       Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation or its transfer agent by the holder thereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

          Section 6.5.       Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

          Section 7.1.      Dividends . Dividends upon the outstanding shares of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes and the Articles of Incorporation. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, such record date to be not more than sixty days prior to the payment date of such dividend, or the Board of Directors may close the stock transfer books for such purpose for a period of not more than sixty days prior to the payment date of such dividend. In the absence of any action by the Board of Directors, the date upon which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution declaring such dividend shall be the record date.

          Section 7.2.      Reserves . There may be created by resolution of the Board of Directors out of the surplus of the Corporation such reserve or reserves as the directors from time to time, in their discretion, think proper to provide for contingencies, or to equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think beneficial to the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. Surplus of the Corporation to the extent so reserved shall not be available for the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Corporation.

          Section 7.3.       Telephone and Similar Meetings . Stockholders, directors and committee members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except

9


where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

          Section 7.4.       Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors, and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of the shares held by each.

          Section 7.5.       Checks and Notes . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

          Section 7.6.      Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

          Section 7.7.       Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

          Section 7.8.       Seal . The Corporation may have a seal, and such seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Any officer of the Corporation shall have authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

          Section 7.9.       Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes and may, if and to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors, so indemnify its officers and any other person whom it has the power to indemnify against liability, reasonable expense or other matter whatsoever.

          Section 7.10.       Insurance . The Corporation may at the discretion of the Board of Directors purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position identified in Section 7.9 against any and all liability incurred by such person in any such position or arising out of his status as such.

          Section 7.11.       Resignation . Any director, officer or agent may resign by giving written notice to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or immediately if no time is specified therein. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

          Section 7.12.      Off-Shore Offerings . In all offerings of securities pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), the Corporation shall require that its stock transfer agent refuse to register any transfer of securities not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Act or an available exemption thereunder.

          Section 7.13.      Amendment of Bylaws . These Amended and Restated Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at such meeting.

10


          Section 7.14.      Invalid Provisions . If any part of these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be held invalid or inoperative for any reason, the remaining parts, so far as possible and reasonable, shall be valid and operative.

          Section 7.15.       Relation to Articles of Incorporation . These Amended and Restated Bylaws are subject to, and governed by, the Articles of Incorporation.

***

11



Exhibit 4.1








Exhibit 4.2

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THIS
WARRANT AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF
THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES
LAWS OR UNLESS OFFERED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THOSE LAWS.

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY SECURITIES IS HIGHLY RISKY
THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK IS QUOTED ON THE OTC GREY
MARKET BUT HAS NO ACTIVE MARKET MAKERS
THE COMPANY IS ALSO A START-UP CONCERN

LEATT CORPORATION, A NEVADA CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE, PURCHASE WARRANT
(“WARRANT”)

No. 2008-20 February 29 , 2008

Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that Rubenstein Investor Relations, Inc. , its permissible transferees, designees, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from the Company at any time commencing after the date of issuance of this Warrant (“Issuance Date”), and terminating on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of this Warrant (the “Termination Date”) up to ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND (100,000) shares (each, a “Share” and collectively the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per Share (the “Common Stock”), at an exercise price per Share equal to TWENTY CENTS ($0.20) (the “Exercise Price”). The number of Shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof. The Issuance Date of this Warrant shall be February 29, 2008.

1. Method of Exercise; Payment.

(a) Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, commencing on the Issuance Date and terminating on the Termination Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form (the “Notice of Exercise”) attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of the Shares being purchased, which amount may be paid, at the election of the Holder, by (i) wire transfer

1


or certified check payable to the order of the Company, (ii) cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii). The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the Shares represented thereby (and such Shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section l (a) hereof, the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of such portion of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the Notice of Cashless Exercise annexed hereto as Exhibit C duly executed; provided that the Net Issue Exercise set forth in this Section 1(b) is subject to adjustments set forth in Section 4 of this Warrant. In such event, the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X =

Y (A-B)

   

    A

Where X =

the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.

   

Y =

the number of Shares subject to this Warrant or, if only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the time of such calculation).

   

A =

the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).

   

B =

the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

(c) Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 1, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall mean:

          (i) The average of the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or The Pink Sheets, LLC, or the closing price quoted on any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal (U.S. National Edition) for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;

2


          (ii) If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) market or on an stock exchange or The Pink Sheets, LLC, the fair market value of the Common Stock per share shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto. If the parties cannot agree on the fair market value within five (5) business days of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided, however, that the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be no greater than the price at which the Company last sold its Common Stock or the exercise price of its last granted options, whichever occurs later. For purposes of this Warrant, “Business Day(s)” or “business day(s)” shall mean a week day on which the banks in Las Vegas, Nevada are regularly scheduled to be opened and are in fact open for business.

          (d) Stock Certificates. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, as promptly as practicable on or after the date of exercise and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of Shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

          (e) Taxes. The issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and the delivery of certificates or other instruments representing such Shares, shall be made without charge by the Company to the Holder for any tax or other charge in respect of such issuance.

2. Warrant.

          (a) Exchange, Transfer and Replacement. At any time prior to the exercise hereof, this Warrant may be exchanged upon presentation and surrender to the Company, alone or with other warrants of like tenor of different denominations registered in the name of the same Holder, for another warrant or warrants of like tenor in the name of such Holder exercisable for the aggregate number of Shares as the warrant or warrants surrendered.

          (b) Replacement of Warrant. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

          (c) Cancellation; Payment of Expenses. Upon the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer, exchange or replacement as provided in this Section 2, this Warrant shall be promptly canceled by the Company. The Holder shall pay all taxes and all other expenses (including legal expenses, if any, incurred by the Holder or transferees) and charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of Warrants pursuant to this Section 2.

3


          (d) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain, at its principal executive offices (or at the offices of the transfer agent for the Warrant or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the holder hereof), a register for this Warrant (the “Warrant Register”), in which the Company shall record the name and address of the person in whose name this Warrant has been issued, as well as the name and address of each transferee and each prior owner of this Warrant.

          (e) Piggy-Back Registration Rights. For the term hereof, the Holder is hereby granted piggy-back registration rights for the Shares purchased or acquired and issued to the Holder during the term hereof. In the event that the Company files a Form S-1 or any successor form under the 1933 Act for an initial public offering of the Common Stock (“IPO”), then the Company shall include in that registration statement the Shares issued and purchased by the Holder. The Company shall pay all costs incurred and required to register those Shares under the 1933 Act; provided, however, that said obligation shall not require the Company to use more than usual and customary due care in filing and seeking the effectiveness of the IPO registration statement. Nothing contained herein shall obligate the Company to make repeated efforts to register the Shares or file a separate registration statement for the Shares. Further, nothing contained herein shall be construed as a guarantee that the Shares will be registered under the 1933 Act or so registered by a date certain. Said registration rights shall not apply to the filing of a Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor form under the 1933 Act by the Company.

          (f) Term. The term of this Warrant (“term” or “term hereof”) shall mean the period form the Issuance Date until the Termination Date, unless this Warrant is terminated earlier than the Termination Date in accordance with its terms or by court order.

3. Rights and Obligations of Holders of this Warrant. The Holder of this Warrant shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or in equity; provided, however, that in the event any certificate representing shares of Common Stock or other securities is issued to the holder hereof upon exercise of this Warrant, such holder shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Stock on the date on which this Warrant, together with a duly executed Election to Purchase, was surrendered and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such Common Stock certificate.

4. Adjustments.

          (a) Stock Dividends, Reclassifications, Recapitalizations, Etc. In the event the Company: (i) pays a dividend in Common Stock or makes a distribution in Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) increases or decreases the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reclassification of its Common Stock (including a recapitalization in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then

4


(1) the Exercise Price on the record date of such division or distribution or the effective date of such action shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may be exercised immediately before such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the Exercise Price immediately after such event.

          (b) Cash Dividends and Other Distributions. In the event that at any time or from time to time the Company shall distribute to all holders of Common Stock (i) any dividend or other distribution of cash, evidences of its indebtedness, shares of its capital stock or any other properties or securities or (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than in each case, (w) the issuance of any rights under a shareholder rights plan, (x) any dividend or distribution described in Section 4(a), (y) any rights, options, warrants or securities described in Section 4(c) and (z) any cash dividends or other cash distributions from current or retained earnings), then the Company shall, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly describe such action.

          (c) Combination: Liquidation. (i) In the event of a Combination (as defined below), each Holder shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the Warrant the kind and amount of shares of capital stock or other securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of such Combination had such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such event (subject to further adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof). Unless paragraph (ii) is applicable to a Combination, the Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the “Successor Company”) in such Combination will assume by written instrument the obligations under this Section 4 and the obligations to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to acquire. “Combination” means an event in which the Company consolidates with, mergers with or into, or sells all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, where “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity; (ii) In the event of (x) a Combination where consideration to the holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash or (y) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of their Warrant, distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, as if the Warrant had been exercised

5


immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price. In case of any Combination described in this Section 4, the surviving or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with an agent or trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the Holders the amounts to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the surrendered Warrant are received, the Company is required to deliver a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holders surrendering such Warrant.

          (d) NASDAQ Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 4 to the contrary, if a reduction in the Exercise Price pursuant to this Warrant would require the Company to obtain stockholder approval of the transactions contemplated under any agreement between the Company and the Holder pursuant to any applicable Nasdaq rules, including Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4350(i), and such stockholder approval has not been obtained, the Exercise Price shall be reduced to the maximum Exercise Price that would not require stockholder approval under such applicable Nasdaq rules. In no event shall the Exercise Price be reduced below the greater of book value or market value on the Issuance Date.

          (e) Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the holders of the Warrants in accordance with Section 9 a certificate of the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which (i) the Board of Directors determined the fair value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or property or warrants, options or other subscription or purchase rights and (ii) the Current Market Value of the Common Stock was determined, if either of such determinations were required), and specifying the Exercise Price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment.

          (f) Notice of Certain Transactions. In the event that the Company shall propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in securities of any class to the holders of its Common Stock or to make any other non-cash dividend or distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, (b) to offer the holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any capital reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or merger affecting the Common Stock, as a whole, or (d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company shall, within the time limits specified below, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action or offer. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the

6


holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Exercise Price after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to Section 4 which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given as promptly as possible and (x) in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action or (y) in the case of any other such action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

          (g) Current Market Value. “Current Market Value” per share of Common Stock or any other security at any date means (i) if the security is not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ended (the “Exchange Act”) and/or traded on a national securities exchange, OTC market or quotation system or bulletin board, or The Pink Sheets, LLC, (a) the value of the security, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and certified in a board resolution, based on the most recently completed arm’s-length transaction between the Company and a Person other than an affiliate of the Company or between any two such Persons and the closing of which occurs on such date or shall have occurred within the six-month period preceding such date, or (b) if no such transaction shall have occurred within the six-month period, the value of the security as determined by an independent financial expert or an agreed upon financial valuation model or (ii) if the security is registered under the Exchange Act and/or traded on a national securities exchange, quotation system or bulletin board, the average of the daily closing bid prices (or the equivalent in an over-the-counter market) for each day on which the Common Stock is traded for any period on the principal securities exchange or other securities market on which the Common Stock is being traded (each, a “Trading Day”) during the period commencing thirty (30) days before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such date.

5. Fractional Shares. In lieu of issuance of a fractional share upon any exercise hereunder, the Company will issue an additional whole share in lieu of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the Exercise Price.

6. Legends. Prior to issuance of the shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant, all such certificates representing such shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that the Shares represented by such certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and that the Shares may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption therefrom, such legend to be substantially in the form of the bold-face language appearing at the top of Page 1 of this Warrant.

7. Disposition of Warrants or Shares. The Holder of this Warrant, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee of any Shares, by his or its acceptance thereof, agrees that no public distribution of Warrants or Shares will be made in violation of the provisions of

7


the 1933 Act. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this Warrant that any transferee thereof deliver to the Company his or its written agreement to accept and be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this Warrant.

8. Merger or Consolidation. The Company will not merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell or otherwise transfer its property, assets and business substantially as an entirety to another corporation, unless the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation (if not the Company), or such transferee corporation, as the case may be, shall expressly assume, by supplemental agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder, the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Warrant to be performed and observed by the Company.

9. Notices. Any notice herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served or delivered by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile machine confirmed telecopy, and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered by fax prior to 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (b) the next Business Day after the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered via fax on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (c) the 2 nd business day after the date of mailing if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The addresses for such communications shall be:

If to the Company: Leatt Corporation
  c/o PW Richter plc
  3901 Dominion Townes Circle
  Richmond, Virginia 23223
  Telephone: 804 644 2182
  Fax: 804 644 2181
  Email: prosage@comcast.net
   
if to the Holder: to the Holder’s address as specified in the records of the
  Company

Notwithstanding the time of effectiveness of notices set forth in this Section, an Election to Purchase shall not be deemed effectively given until it has been duly completed and submitted to the Company together with this original Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price in a manner set forth in this Section.

10. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Nevada.

11. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant shall be binding upon and shall inure to the

8


benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

12. Headings. The headings of various sections of this Warrant have been inserted for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

13. Severability. If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant, and the balance hereof shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded.

14. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

15. Specific Enforcement. The Company and the Holder acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which either of them may be entitled by law or equity.

16. Assignment. Subject to prior written approval by the Company, this Warrant may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time by the then Holder by submitting this Warrant to the Company together with a duly executed Assignment in substantially the form and substance of the Form of Assignment which accompanies this Warrant, as Exhibit B hereto, and, upon the Company’s receipt hereof, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall issue a warrant to the Holder to evidence that portion of this Warrant, if any, as shall not have been so transferred or assigned.

17. Limitation on Exercise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by the Holder upon any exercise of this Warrant (or otherwise in respect hereof) shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that, following such exercise (or other issuance), the total number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by such Holder and its affiliates and any other persons whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the Holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, does not exceed 4.999% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including for such purpose the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise). For such purposes, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each delivery of an Exercise Notice hereunder will constitute a representation by the Holder that it has evaluated the limitation set forth in this paragraph and determined that issuance of the full number of Warrant Shares requested in such Exercise Notice is permitted under this paragraph. This provision shall not restrict the number of shares of

9


Common Stock which a Holder may receive or beneficially own in order to determine the amount of securities or other consideration that such Holder may receive in the event of a merger or other business combination or reclassification involving the Company. This restriction may not be waived without the consent of the Holder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, manually or by facsimile, by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized.


10


EXHIBIT A
TO
WARRANT CERTIFICATE

ELECTION TO PURCHASE

To Be Executed by the Holder
in Order to Exercise the Warrant

The undersigned Holder hereby elects to purchase ________________________ Shares pursuant to the attached Warrant, and requests that certificates for securities be issued in the name of:

 

(Please type or print name and address)

 

(Social Security or Tax Identification Number)

 

and delivered to: .

 

(Please type or print name and address if different from above)

If such number of Shares being purchased hereby shall not be all the Shares that may be purchased pursuant to the attached Warrant, a new Warrant for the balance of such Shares shall be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder at the address set forth below. In full payment of the purchase price with respect to the Shares purchased and transfer taxes, if any, the undersigned hereby tenders payment of $__________________by check, money order or wire transfer payable in United States currency to the order of “Leatt Corporation.”

HOLDER:

By:
Name:
Title:
Address:

Dated:

11


EXHIBIT B
TO
WARRANT
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be signed only on transfer of Warrant)

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto
_________________________________________________________________

the right represented by the within Warrant to purchase:
_______________________________________________________

shares of Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, to which the within Warrant relates, and appoints:
______________________________________________________
Attorney to transfer such right on the books of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, with full power of substitution of premises.

Dated: By:
  Name:
  Title:
                                                                                                             (signature must conform to
                                                                                                             name of holder as specified on
                                                                                                             the face of the Warrant)
   
  Address:

Signed in the presence of:_________________________________________
Dated:__________________________________

12


EXHIBIT C
TO
WARRANT
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF COMMON STOCK WARRANT
PURSUANT TO NET ISSUE (“CASHLESS”) EXERCISE PROVISIONS

Leatt Corporation
c/o PW Richter plc
3901 Dominion Townes Circle
Richmond, Virginia 23223
Telephone: 804 644 2182
Fax: 804 644 2181

CASHLESS EXERCISE

Number of Shares of
Common Stock to be
Issued Under this
Notice: ____________________________________

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, registered holder of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock delivered herewith (“Warrant”) hereby irrevocably exercises such Warrant for, and purchases thereunder, shares of the Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, as provided below. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings given in the Warrant. The portion of the Aggregate Price (as hereinafter defined) to be applied toward the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to this Notice of Exercise is $__________________ thereby leaving a remainder Aggregate Price (if any) equal to $_______________. Such exercise shall be pursuant to the net issue exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant. Therefore, the holder makes no payment with this Notice of Exercise. The number of shares to be issued pursuant to this exercise shall be determined by reference to the formula in Section 1(b) of the Warrant which requires the use of the fair market value (as defined in Section 1(c) of the Warrant) of the Company’s Common Stock on the business day immediately preceding the day on which this Notice is received by the Company. To the extent the foregoing exercise is for less than the full Aggregate Price of the Warrant, the remainder of the Warrant representing a number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the remainder of the Aggregate Price by the Warrant Price (and otherwise of like form, tenor and effect) may be exercised under Section 1(b) of the Warrant. For purposes of this Notice the term “Aggregate Price” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Warrant is exercisable times the Warrant Price.

13


Signature:

Address:

Date:

 

 

14



Exhibit 4.3

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THIS
WARRANT AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF
THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES
LAWS OR UNLESS OFFERED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THOSE LAWS.

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY SECURITIES IS HIGHLY RISKY
THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK IS QUOTED ON THE OTC GREY
MARKET BUT HAS NO ACTIVE MARKET MAKERS
THE COMPANY IS ALSO A START-UP CONCERN

LEATT CORPORATION, A NEVADA CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE, PURCHASE WARRANT
(“WARRANT”)

No. 2008-21 February 29, 2008

Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that Bill Swalm, a natural person and his permissible transferees, designees, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from the Company at any time commencing after the date of issuance of this Warrant (“Issuance Date”), and terminating on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of this Warrant (the “Termination Date”) up to FIFTY THOUSAND (50,000) shares (each, a “Share” and collectively the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per Share (the “Common Stock”), at an exercise price per Share equal to TWENTY CENTS ($0.20) (the “Exercise Price”). The number of Shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof. The Issuance Date of this Warrant shall be February 29, 2008.

1. Method of Exercise; Payment.

(a) Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, commencing on the Issuance Date and terminating on the Termination Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form (the “Notice of Exercise”) attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of the Shares being purchased, which amount may be paid, at the election of the Holder, by (i) wire transfer

1


or certified check payable to the order of the Company, (ii) cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii). The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the Shares represented thereby (and such Shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section l (a) hereof, the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of such portion of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the Notice of Cashless Exercise annexed hereto as Exhibit C duly executed; provided that the Net Issue Exercise set forth in this Section 1(b) is subject to adjustments set forth in Section 4 of this Warrant. In such event, the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A-B)
        A
     
     
Where X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.
     
Y = the number of Shares subject to this Warrant or, if
    only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the
    portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the time of
    such calculation).
     
A = the fair market value of one share of the Company’s
    Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
     
B = the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such
    calculation).

(c) Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 1, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall mean:

          (i) The average of the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or The Pink Sheets, LLC, or the closing price quoted on any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal (U.S. National Edition) for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;

2


          (ii) If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) market or on an stock exchange or The Pink Sheets, LLC, the fair market value of the Common Stock per share shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto. If the parties cannot agree on the fair market value within five (5) business days of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided, however, that the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be no greater than the price at which the Company last sold its Common Stock or the exercise price of its last granted options, whichever occurs later. For purposes of this Warrant, “Business Day(s)” or “business day(s)” shall mean a week day on which the banks in Las Vegas, Nevada are regularly scheduled to be opened and are in fact open for business.

          (d) Stock Certificates. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, as promptly as practicable on or after the date of exercise and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of Shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

          (e) Taxes. The issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and the delivery of certificates or other instruments representing such Shares, shall be made without charge by the Company to the Holder for any tax or other charge in respect of such issuance.

2. Warrant.

          (a) Exchange, Transfer and Replacement. At any time prior to the exercise hereof, this Warrant may be exchanged upon presentation and surrender to the Company, alone or with other warrants of like tenor of different denominations registered in the name of the same Holder, for another warrant or warrants of like tenor in the name of such Holder exercisable for the aggregate number of Shares as the warrant or warrants surrendered.

          (b) Replacement of Warrant. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

          (c) Cancellation; Payment of Expenses. Upon the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer, exchange or replacement as provided in this Section 2, this Warrant shall be promptly canceled by the Company. The Holder shall pay all taxes and all other expenses (including legal expenses, if any, incurred by the Holder or transferees) and charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of Warrants pursuant to this Section 2.

3


          (d) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain, at its principal executive offices (or at the offices of the transfer agent for the Warrant or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the holder hereof), a register for this Warrant (the “Warrant Register”), in which the Company shall record the name and address of the person in whose name this Warrant has been issued, as well as the name and address of each transferee and each prior owner of this Warrant.

          (e) Piggy-Back Registration Rights. For the term hereof, the Holder is hereby granted piggy-back registration rights for the Shares purchased or acquired and issued to the Holder during the term hereof. In the event that the Company files a Form S-1 or any successor form under the 1933 Act for an initial public offering of the Common Stock (“IPO”), then the Company shall include in that registration statement the Shares issued and purchased by the Holder. The Company shall pay all costs incurred and required to register those Shares under the 1933 Act; provided, however, that said obligation shall not require the Company to use more than usual and customary due care in filing and seeking the effectiveness of the IPO registration statement. Nothing contained herein shall obligate the Company to make repeated efforts to register the Shares or file a separate registration statement for the Shares. Further, nothing contained herein shall be construed as a guarantee that the Shares will be registered under the 1933 Act or so registered by a date certain. Said registration rights shall not apply to the filing of a Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor form under the 1933 Act by the Company.

          (f) Term. The term of this Warrant (“term” or “term hereof”) shall mean the period form the Issuance Date until the Termination Date, unless this Warrant is terminated earlier than the Termination Date in accordance with its terms or by court order.

3. Rights and Obligations of Holders of this Warrant. The Holder of this Warrant shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or in equity; provided, however, that in the event any certificate representing shares of Common Stock or other securities is issued to the holder hereof upon exercise of this Warrant, such holder shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Stock on the date on which this Warrant, together with a duly executed Election to Purchase, was surrendered and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such Common Stock certificate.

4. Adjustments.

          (a) Stock Dividends, Reclassifications, Recapitalizations, Etc. In the event the Company: (i) pays a dividend in Common Stock or makes a distribution in Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) increases or decreases the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reclassification of its Common Stock (including a recapitalization in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then

4


(1) the Exercise Price on the record date of such division or distribution or the effective date of such action shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may be exercised immediately before such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the Exercise Price immediately after such event.

          (b) Cash Dividends and Other Distributions. In the event that at any time or from time to time the Company shall distribute to all holders of Common Stock (i) any dividend or other distribution of cash, evidences of its indebtedness, shares of its capital stock or any other properties or securities or (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than in each case, (w) the issuance of any rights under a shareholder rights plan, (x) any dividend or distribution described in Section 4(a), (y) any rights, options, warrants or securities described in Section 4(c) and (z) any cash dividends or other cash distributions from current or retained earnings), then the Company shall, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly describe such action.

          (c) Combination: Liquidation. (i) In the event of a Combination (as defined below), each Holder shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the Warrant the kind and amount of shares of capital stock or other securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of such Combination had such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such event (subject to further adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof). Unless paragraph (ii) is applicable to a Combination, the Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the “Successor Company”) in such Combination will assume by written instrument the obligations under this Section 4 and the obligations to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to acquire. “Combination” means an event in which the Company consolidates with, mergers with or into, or sells all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, where “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity; (ii) In the event of (x) a Combination where consideration to the holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash or (y) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of their Warrant, distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, as if the Warrant had been exercised

5


immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price. In case of any Combination described in this Section 4, the surviving or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with an agent or trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the Holders the amounts to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the surrendered Warrant are received, the Company is required to deliver a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holders surrendering such Warrant.

          (d) NASDAQ Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 4 to the contrary, if a reduction in the Exercise Price pursuant to this Warrant would require the Company to obtain stockholder approval of the transactions contemplated under any agreement between the Company and the Holder pursuant to any applicable Nasdaq rules, including Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4350(i), and such stockholder approval has not been obtained, the Exercise Price shall be reduced to the maximum Exercise Price that would not require stockholder approval under such applicable Nasdaq rules. In no event shall the Exercise Price be reduced below the greater of book value or market value on the Issuance Date.

          (e) Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the holders of the Warrants in accordance with Section 9 a certificate of the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which (i) the Board of Directors determined the fair value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or property or warrants, options or other subscription or purchase rights and (ii) the Current Market Value of the Common Stock was determined, if either of such determinations were required), and specifying the Exercise Price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment.

          (f) Notice of Certain Transactions. In the event that the Company shall propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in securities of any class to the holders of its Common Stock or to make any other non-cash dividend or distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, (b) to offer the holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any capital reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or merger affecting the Common Stock, as a whole, or (d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company shall, within the time limits specified below, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action or offer. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the

6


holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Exercise Price after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to Section 4 which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given as promptly as possible and (x) in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action or (y) in the case of any other such action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

          (g) Current Market Value. “Current Market Value” per share of Common Stock or any other security at any date means (i) if the security is not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ended (the “Exchange Act”) and/or traded on a national securities exchange, OTC market or quotation system or bulletin board, or The Pink Sheets, LLC, (a) the value of the security, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and certified in a board resolution, based on the most recently completed arm’s-length transaction between the Company and a Person other than an affiliate of the Company or between any two such Persons and the closing of which occurs on such date or shall have occurred within the six-month period preceding such date, or (b) if no such transaction shall have occurred within the six-month period, the value of the security as determined by an independent financial expert or an agreed upon financial valuation model or (ii) if the security is registered under the Exchange Act and/or traded on a national securities exchange, quotation system or bulletin board, the average of the daily closing bid prices (or the equivalent in an over-the-counter market) for each day on which the Common Stock is traded for any period on the principal securities exchange or other securities market on which the Common Stock is being traded (each, a “Trading Day”) during the period commencing thirty (30) days before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such date.

5. Fractional Shares. In lieu of issuance of a fractional share upon any exercise hereunder, the Company will issue an additional whole share in lieu of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the Exercise Price.

6. Legends. Prior to issuance of the shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant, all such certificates representing such shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that the Shares represented by such certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and that the Shares may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption therefrom, such legend to be substantially in the form of the bold-face language appearing at the top of Page 1 of this Warrant.

7. Disposition of Warrants or Shares. The Holder of this Warrant, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee of any Shares, by his or its acceptance thereof, agrees that no public distribution of Warrants or Shares will be made in violation of the provisions of

7


the 1933 Act. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this Warrant that any transferee thereof deliver to the Company his or its written agreement to accept and be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this Warrant.

8. Merger or Consolidation. The Company will not merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell or otherwise transfer its property, assets and business substantially as an entirety to another corporation, unless the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation (if not the Company), or such transferee corporation, as the case may be, shall expressly assume, by supplemental agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder, the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Warrant to be performed and observed by the Company.

9. Notices. Any notice herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served or delivered by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile machine confirmed telecopy, and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered by fax prior to 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (b) the next Business Day after the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered via fax on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (c) the 2 nd business day after the date of mailing if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The addresses for such communications shall be:

If to the Company: Leatt Corporation
  c/o PW Richter plc
  3901 Dominion Townes Circle
  Richmond, Virginia 23223  
  Telephone: 804 644 2182  
  Fax: 804 644 2181
  Email: prosage@comcast.net
   
if to the Holder: to the Holder’s address as specified in the records of the
  Company

Notwithstanding the time of effectiveness of notices set forth in this Section, an Election to Purchase shall not be deemed effectively given until it has been duly completed and submitted to the Company together with this original Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price in a manner set forth in this Section.

10. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Nevada.

11. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant shall be binding upon and shall inure to the

8


benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

12. Headings. The headings of various sections of this Warrant have been inserted for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

13. Severability. If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant, and the balance hereof shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded.

14. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

15. Specific Enforcement. The Company and the Holder acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which either of them may be entitled by law or equity.

16. Assignment. Subject to prior written approval by the Company, this Warrant may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time by the then Holder by submitting this Warrant to the Company together with a duly executed Assignment in substantially the form and substance of the Form of Assignment which accompanies this Warrant, as Exhibit B hereto, and, upon the Company’s receipt hereof, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall issue a warrant to the Holder to evidence that portion of this Warrant, if any, as shall not have been so transferred or assigned.

17. Limitation on Exercise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by the Holder upon any exercise of this Warrant (or otherwise in respect hereof) shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that, following such exercise (or other issuance), the total number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by such Holder and its affiliates and any other persons whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the Holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, does not exceed 4.999% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including for such purpose the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise). For such purposes, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each delivery of an Exercise Notice hereunder will constitute a representation by the Holder that it has evaluated the limitation set forth in this paragraph and determined that issuance of the full number of Warrant Shares requested in such Exercise Notice is permitted under this paragraph. This provision shall not restrict the number of shares of

9


Common Stock which a Holder may receive or beneficially own in order to determine the amount of securities or other consideration that such Holder may receive in the event of a merger or other business combination or reclassification involving the Company. This restriction may not be waived without the consent of the Holder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, manually or by facsimile, by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized.


10


EXHIBIT A
TO
WARRANT CERTIFICATE

ELECTION TO PURCHASE

To Be Executed by the Holder
in Order to Exercise the Warrant

The undersigned Holder hereby elects to purchase ________________________Shares pursuant to the attached Warrant, and requests that certificates for securities be issued in the name of:

 

(Please type or print name and address)

 

(Social Security or Tax Identification Number)

 

and delivered
to: .

 

(Please type or print name and address if different from above)

If such number of Shares being purchased hereby shall not be all the Shares that may be purchased pursuant to the attached Warrant, a new Warrant for the balance of such Shares shall be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder at the address set forth below. In full payment of the purchase price with respect to the Shares purchased and transfer taxes, if any, the undersigned hereby tenders payment of $__________________by check, money order or wire transfer payable in United States currency to the order of “Leatt Corporation.”

HOLDER:

By:
Name:
Title:
Address:

Dated:

11


EXHIBIT B
TO
WARRANT
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be signed only on transfer of Warrant)

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto
_________________________________________________________________

the right represented by the within Warrant to purchase:
_______________________________________________________

shares of Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, to which the within
Warrant relates, and appoints:
______________________________________________________
Attorney to transfer such right on the books of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada
corporation, with full power of substitution of premises.

Dated: By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
(signature must conform to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
     
  Address:  

 

Signed in the presence of:_________________________________________
Dated:__________________________________

12


EXHIBIT C
TO
WARRANT
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF COMMON STOCK WARRANT
PURSUANT TO NET ISSUE (“CASHLESS”) EXERCISE PROVISIONS

Leatt Corporation
c/o PW Richter plc
3901 Dominion Townes Circle
Richmond, Virginia 23223
Telephone: 804 644 2182
Fax: 804 644 2181

CASHLESS EXERCISE

Number of Shares of
Common Stock to be
Issued Under this
Notice: ____________________________________

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, registered holder of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock delivered herewith (“Warrant”) hereby irrevocably exercises such Warrant for, and purchases thereunder, shares of the Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, as provided below. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings given in the Warrant. The portion of the Aggregate Price (as hereinafter defined) to be applied toward the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to this Notice of Exercise is $__________________ thereby leaving a remainder Aggregate Price (if any) equal to $_______________. Such exercise shall be pursuant to the net issue exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant. Therefore, the holder makes no payment with this Notice of Exercise. The number of shares to be issued pursuant to this exercise shall be determined by reference to the formula in Section 1(b) of the Warrant which requires the use of the fair market value (as defined in Section 1(c) of the Warrant) of the Company’s Common Stock on the business day immediately preceding the day on which this Notice is received by the Company. To the extent the foregoing exercise is for less than the full Aggregate Price of the Warrant, the remainder of the Warrant representing a number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the remainder of the Aggregate Price by the Warrant Price (and otherwise of like form, tenor and effect) may be exercised under Section 1(b) of the Warrant. For purposes of this Notice the term “Aggregate Price” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Warrant is exercisable times the Warrant Price.

13


Signature:

Address:

Date:

 

 

 

14



Exhibit 4.4

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THIS
WARRANT AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF
THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES
LAWS OR UNLESS OFFERED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THOSE LAWS.

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY SECURITIES IS HIGHLY RISKY
THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK IS QUOTED ON THE OTC GREY
MARKET BUT HAS NO ACTIVE MARKET MAKERS
THE COMPANY IS ALSO A START-UP CONCERN

LEATT CORPORATION, A NEVADA CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE, PURCHASE WARRANT
(“WARRANT”)

No. 2008-22 February 29, 2008

Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that Timothy Clemensen, a natural person and his permissible transferees, designees, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from the Company at any time commencing after the date of issuance of this Warrant (“Issuance Date”), and terminating on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of this Warrant (the “Termination Date”) up to FIFTY THOUSAND (50,000) shares (each, a “Share” and collectively the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per Share (the “Common Stock”), at an exercise price per Share equal to TWENTY CENTS ($0.20) (the “Exercise Price”). The number of Shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof. The Issuance Date of this Warrant shall be February 29, 2008.

1. Method of Exercise; Payment.

(a) Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, commencing on the Issuance Date and terminating on the Termination Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form (the “Notice of Exercise”) attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of the Shares being purchased, which amount may be paid, at the election of the Holder, by (i) wire transfer

1


or certified check payable to the order of the Company, (ii) cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii). The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the Shares represented thereby (and such Shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section l (a) hereof, the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of such portion of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the Notice of Cashless Exercise annexed hereto as Exhibit C duly executed; provided that the Net Issue Exercise set forth in this Section 1(b) is subject to adjustments set forth in Section 4 of this Warrant. In such event, the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A-B)
    A
     
     
Where X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.
     
Y = the number of Shares subject to this Warrant or, if
    only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the
    portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the time of
    such calculation).
     
A = the fair market value of one share of the Company’s
    Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).
     
B = the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such
    calculation).

(c) Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 1, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall mean:

          (i) The average of the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or The Pink Sheets, LLC, or the closing price quoted on any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal (U.S. National Edition) for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;

2


          (ii) If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) market or on an stock exchange or The Pink Sheets, LLC, the fair market value of the Common Stock per share shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto. If the parties cannot agree on the fair market value within five (5) business days of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided, however, that the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be no greater than the price at which the Company last sold its Common Stock or the exercise price of its last granted options, whichever occurs later. For purposes of this Warrant, “Business Day(s)” or “business day(s)” shall mean a week day on which the banks in Las Vegas, Nevada are regularly scheduled to be opened and are in fact open for business.

          (d) Stock Certificates. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, as promptly as practicable on or after the date of exercise and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of Shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

          (e) Taxes. The issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and the delivery of certificates or other instruments representing such Shares, shall be made without charge by the Company to the Holder for any tax or other charge in respect of such issuance.

2. Warrant.

          (a) Exchange, Transfer and Replacement. At any time prior to the exercise hereof, this Warrant may be exchanged upon presentation and surrender to the Company, alone or with other warrants of like tenor of different denominations registered in the name of the same Holder, for another warrant or warrants of like tenor in the name of such Holder exercisable for the aggregate number of Shares as the warrant or warrants surrendered.

          (b) Replacement of Warrant. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

          (c) Cancellation; Payment of Expenses. Upon the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer, exchange or replacement as provided in this Section 2, this Warrant shall be promptly canceled by the Company. The Holder shall pay all taxes and all other expenses (including legal expenses, if any, incurred by the Holder or transferees) and charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of Warrants pursuant to this Section 2.

3


          (d) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain, at its principal executive offices (or at the offices of the transfer agent for the Warrant or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the holder hereof), a register for this Warrant (the “Warrant Register”), in which the Company shall record the name and address of the person in whose name this Warrant has been issued, as well as the name and address of each transferee and each prior owner of this Warrant.

          (e) Piggy-Back Registration Rights. For the term hereof, the Holder is hereby granted piggy-back registration rights for the Shares purchased or acquired and issued to the Holder during the term hereof. In the event that the Company files a Form S-1 or any successor form under the 1933 Act for an initial public offering of the Common Stock (“IPO”), then the Company shall include in that registration statement the Shares issued and purchased by the Holder. The Company shall pay all costs incurred and required to register those Shares under the 1933 Act; provided, however, that said obligation shall not require the Company to use more than usual and customary due care in filing and seeking the effectiveness of the IPO registration statement. Nothing contained herein shall obligate the Company to make repeated efforts to register the Shares or file a separate registration statement for the Shares. Further, nothing contained herein shall be construed as a guarantee that the Shares will be registered under the 1933 Act or so registered by a date certain. Said registration rights shall not apply to the filing of a Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor form under the 1933 Act by the Company.

          (f) Term. The term of this Warrant (“term” or “term hereof”) shall mean the period form the Issuance Date until the Termination Date, unless this Warrant is terminated earlier than the Termination Date in accordance with its terms or by court order.

3. Rights and Obligations of Holders of this Warrant. The Holder of this Warrant shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, either at law or in equity; provided, however, that in the event any certificate representing shares of Common Stock or other securities is issued to the holder hereof upon exercise of this Warrant, such holder shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Stock on the date on which this Warrant, together with a duly executed Election to Purchase, was surrendered and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such Common Stock certificate.

4. Adjustments.

          (a) Stock Dividends, Reclassifications, Recapitalizations, Etc. In the event the Company: (i) pays a dividend in Common Stock or makes a distribution in Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) increases or decreases the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reclassification of its Common Stock (including a recapitalization in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then

4


(1) the Exercise Price on the record date of such division or distribution or the effective date of such action shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may be exercised immediately before such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the Exercise Price immediately after such event.

          (b) Cash Dividends and Other Distributions. In the event that at any time or from time to time the Company shall distribute to all holders of Common Stock (i) any dividend or other distribution of cash, evidences of its indebtedness, shares of its capital stock or any other properties or securities or (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than in each case, (w) the issuance of any rights under a shareholder rights plan, (x) any dividend or distribution described in Section 4(a), (y) any rights, options, warrants or securities described in Section 4(c) and (z) any cash dividends or other cash distributions from current or retained earnings), then the Company shall, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly describe such action.

          (c) Combination: Liquidation. (i) In the event of a Combination (as defined below), each Holder shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the Warrant the kind and amount of shares of capital stock or other securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of such Combination had such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such event (subject to further adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof). Unless paragraph (ii) is applicable to a Combination, the Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the “Successor Company”) in such Combination will assume by written instrument the obligations under this Section 4 and the obligations to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to acquire. “Combination” means an event in which the Company consolidates with, mergers with or into, or sells all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, where “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity; (ii) In the event of (x) a Combination where consideration to the holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash or (y) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Holders shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of their Warrant, distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, as if the Warrant had been exercised

5


immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price. In case of any Combination described in this Section 4, the surviving or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with an agent or trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the Holders the amounts to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the surrendered Warrant are received, the Company is required to deliver a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holders surrendering such Warrant.

          (d) NASDAQ Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 4 to the contrary, if a reduction in the Exercise Price pursuant to this Warrant would require the Company to obtain stockholder approval of the transactions contemplated under any agreement between the Company and the Holder pursuant to any applicable Nasdaq rules, including Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4350(i), and such stockholder approval has not been obtained, the Exercise Price shall be reduced to the maximum Exercise Price that would not require stockholder approval under such applicable Nasdaq rules. In no event shall the Exercise Price be reduced below the greater of book value or market value on the Issuance Date.

          (e) Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the holders of the Warrants in accordance with Section 9 a certificate of the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which (i) the Board of Directors determined the fair value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or property or warrants, options or other subscription or purchase rights and (ii) the Current Market Value of the Common Stock was determined, if either of such determinations were required), and specifying the Exercise Price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment.

          (f) Notice of Certain Transactions. In the event that the Company shall propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in securities of any class to the holders of its Common Stock or to make any other non-cash dividend or distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, (b) to offer the holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any capital reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or merger affecting the Common Stock, as a whole, or (d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company shall, within the time limits specified below, send to each Holder a notice of such proposed action or offer. Such notice shall be mailed to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 2(d)), which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the

6


holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Exercise Price after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to Section 4 which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given as promptly as possible and (x) in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action or (y) in the case of any other such action, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

          (g) Current Market Value. “Current Market Value” per share of Common Stock or any other security at any date means (i) if the security is not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ended (the “Exchange Act”) and/or traded on a national securities exchange, OTC market or quotation system or bulletin board, or The Pink Sheets, LLC, (a) the value of the security, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and certified in a board resolution, based on the most recently completed arm’s-length transaction between the Company and a Person other than an affiliate of the Company or between any two such Persons and the closing of which occurs on such date or shall have occurred within the six-month period preceding such date, or (b) if no such transaction shall have occurred within the six-month period, the value of the security as determined by an independent financial expert or an agreed upon financial valuation model or (ii) if the security is registered under the Exchange Act and/or traded on a national securities exchange, quotation system or bulletin board, the average of the daily closing bid prices (or the equivalent in an over-the-counter market) for each day on which the Common Stock is traded for any period on the principal securities exchange or other securities market on which the Common Stock is being traded (each, a “Trading Day”) during the period commencing thirty (30) days before such date and ending on the date one day prior to such date.

5. Fractional Shares. In lieu of issuance of a fractional share upon any exercise hereunder, the Company will issue an additional whole share in lieu of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the Exercise Price.

6. Legends. Prior to issuance of the shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant, all such certificates representing such shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that the Shares represented by such certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and that the Shares may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such registration or an exemption therefrom, such legend to be substantially in the form of the bold-face language appearing at the top of Page 1 of this Warrant.

7. Disposition of Warrants or Shares. The Holder of this Warrant, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee of any Shares, by his or its acceptance thereof, agrees that no public distribution of Warrants or Shares will be made in violation of the provisions of

7


the 1933 Act. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this Warrant that any transferee thereof deliver to the Company his or its written agreement to accept and be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this Warrant.

8. Merger or Consolidation. The Company will not merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell or otherwise transfer its property, assets and business substantially as an entirety to another corporation, unless the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation (if not the Company), or such transferee corporation, as the case may be, shall expressly assume, by supplemental agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder, the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Warrant to be performed and observed by the Company.

9. Notices. Any notice herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served or delivered by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile machine confirmed telecopy, and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered by fax prior to 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (b) the next Business Day after the date of transmission if such notice or communication is delivered via fax on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a Business Day, (c) the 2 nd business day after the date of mailing if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The addresses for such communications shall be:

If to the Company: Leatt Corporation
  c/o PW Richter plc
  3901 Dominion Townes Circle
  Richmond, Virginia 23223
  Telephone: 804 644 2182
  Fax: 804 644 2181
  Email: prosage@comcast.net
   
if to the Holder: to the Holder’s address as specified in the records of the
  Company

Notwithstanding the time of effectiveness of notices set forth in this Section, an Election to Purchase shall not be deemed effectively given until it has been duly completed and submitted to the Company together with this original Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price in a manner set forth in this Section.

10. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Nevada.

11. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant shall be binding upon and shall inure to the

8


benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

12. Headings. The headings of various sections of this Warrant have been inserted for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

13. Severability. If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant, and the balance hereof shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded.

14. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

15. Specific Enforcement. The Company and the Holder acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which either of them may be entitled by law or equity.

16. Assignment. Subject to prior written approval by the Company, this Warrant may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time by the then Holder by submitting this Warrant to the Company together with a duly executed Assignment in substantially the form and substance of the Form of Assignment which accompanies this Warrant, as Exhibit B hereto, and, upon the Company’s receipt hereof, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall issue a warrant to the Holder to evidence that portion of this Warrant, if any, as shall not have been so transferred or assigned.

17. Limitation on Exercise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by the Holder upon any exercise of this Warrant (or otherwise in respect hereof) shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that, following such exercise (or other issuance), the total number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by such Holder and its affiliates and any other persons whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the Holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, does not exceed 4.999% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including for such purpose the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise). For such purposes, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each delivery of an Exercise Notice hereunder will constitute a representation by the Holder that it has evaluated the limitation set forth in this paragraph and determined that issuance of the full number of Warrant Shares requested in such Exercise Notice is permitted under this paragraph. This provision shall not restrict the number of shares of

9


Common Stock which a Holder may receive or beneficially own in order to determine the amount of securities or other consideration that such Holder may receive in the event of a merger or other business combination or reclassification involving the Company. This restriction may not be waived without the consent of the Holder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, manually or by facsimile, by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized.


10


EXHIBIT A
TO
WARRANT CERTIFICATE
ELECTION TO PURCHASE

To Be Executed by the Holder
in Order to Exercise the Warrant

The undersigned Holder hereby elects to purchase ________________________ Shares pursuant to the attached Warrant, and requests that certificates for securities be issued in the name of:

 

(Please type or print name and address)

 

(Social Security or Tax Identification Number)

 

and delivered
to:

 

(Please type or print name and address if different from above)

If such number of Shares being purchased hereby shall not be all the Shares that may be purchased pursuant to the attached Warrant, a new Warrant for the balance of such Shares shall be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder at the address set forth below. In full payment of the purchase price with respect to the Shares purchased and transfer taxes, if any, the undersigned hereby tenders payment of $__________________ by check, money order or wire transfer payable in United States currency to the order of “Leatt Corporation.”

HOLDER:

By:
Name:
Title:
Address:

Dated:

11


EXHIBIT B
TO
WARRANT
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be signed only on transfer of Warrant)

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto
_________________________________________________________________

the right represented by the within Warrant to purchase:
_______________________________________________________

shares of Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, to which the within
Warrant relates, and appoints:
______________________________________________________
Attorney to transfer such right on the books of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada
corporation, with full power of substitution of premises.

Dated: By:
  Name:
  Title:
                                                                                                             (signature must conform to
                                                                                                             name of holder as specified on
                                                                                                             the face of the Warrant)
   
  Address:

Signed in the presence of:_________________________________________
Dated:__________________________________

12


EXHIBIT C
TO
WARRANT
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF COMMON STOCK WARRANT
PURSUANT TO NET ISSUE (“CASHLESS”) EXERCISE PROVISIONS

Leatt Corporation
c/o PW Richter plc
3901 Dominion Townes Circle
Richmond, Virginia 23223
Telephone: 804 644 2182
Fax: 804 644 2181

CASHLESS EXERCISE

Number of Shares of
Common Stock to be
Issued Under this
Notice: ____________________________________

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, registered holder of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock delivered herewith (“Warrant”) hereby irrevocably exercises such Warrant for, and purchases thereunder, shares of the Common Stock of Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, as provided below. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings given in the Warrant. The portion of the Aggregate Price (as hereinafter defined) to be applied toward the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to this Notice of Exercise is $
__________________ thereby leaving a remainder Aggregate Price (if any) equal to $_______________. Such exercise shall be pursuant to the net issue exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant. Therefore, the holder makes no payment with this Notice of Exercise. The number of shares to be issued pursuant to this exercise shall be determined by reference to the formula in Section 1(b) of the Warrant which requires the use of the fair market value (as defined in Section 1(c) of the Warrant) of the Company’s Common Stock on the business day immediately preceding the day on which this Notice is received by the Company. To the extent the foregoing exercise is for less than the full Aggregate Price of the Warrant, the remainder of the Warrant representing a number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the remainder of the Aggregate Price by the Warrant Price (and otherwise of like form, tenor and effect) may be exercised under Section 1(b) of the Warrant. For purposes of this Notice the term “Aggregate Price” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Warrant is exercisable times the Warrant Price.

13


Signature:

Address:

Date:

 

 

 

14



Exhibit 4.5

LEATT CORPORATION

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.

Purposes of the Plan . Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby establishes the LEATT CORPORATION 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “ Plan ”).The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares as the Administrator may determine.

   
2.

Definitions . The following definitions will apply to the terms in the Plan:

          “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 .

          “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

          “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

          “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

          “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

          (i)           Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities; provided however, that for purposes of this subsection (i) any acquisition of securities directly from the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control; or

          (ii)           The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;

          (iii)           A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “ Incumbent Directors ” means directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in

1


connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

           (iv)           The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

          For avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is the change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to a section of the Code will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

          “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

          “ Company ” means Leatt Corporation, a Nevada corporation, or any successor thereto.

          “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

          “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

          “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as determined by the Administrator in its discretion in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

          “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

               (i)           If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation any division or subdivision of the Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

2


               (ii)           If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, including without limitation quotation through the over the counter bulletin board (“ OTCBB ”) quotation service administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

               (iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator, and to the extent Section 15 applies (a) with respect to ISOs, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in a manner consistent with Code section 422 or (b) with respect to NSOs or SARs, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in a manner consistent with Code section 409A.

          “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

          “ Grant Date ” means, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator determines to grant an Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that the Administrator cannot grant an Award prior to the date the material terms of the Award are established. Notice of the Administrator’s determination to grant an Award will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the Grant Date.

          “ Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

           “ Nonstatutory Stock Option” or “NSO ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an ISO.

          “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          “ Optioned Shares ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option.

           “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

          “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may vest in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10 .

          “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may vest in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10 .

3


           “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to forfeiture or restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 7 .

          “ Plan ” means this 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

          “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares awarded to a Participant which are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transferability in accordance with Section 7 .

          “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means the right to receive one Share at the end of a specified period of time, which right is subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

          “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3.

          “ Section ” means a paragraph or section of this Plan.

          “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

          “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Director or Consultant.

          “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

           “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 .

          “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means the right to receive payment from the Company in an amount no greater than the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the date the SAR is exercised over a specified price fixed by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. In the case of a SAR which is granted in connection with an Option, the specified price shall be the Option exercise price.

          “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

          “ Ten Percent Owner ” means any Service Provider who is, on the grant date of an ISO, the owner of Shares (determined with application of ownership attribution rules of Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.

Stock Subject to the Plan .

     
a.

Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 , the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is Six Million, Five Hundred Thousand (6,500,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

     
b.

Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units, is forfeited in whole or in part to the Company, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options and SARs, the forfeited or unissued Shares) which were subject to the Award will become available for future grant or sale

4



 

under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to SARs, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a SAR will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares subject to the SARs will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares withheld by the Company to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

     
  c.

Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.


4.

Administration of the Plan .

     
a.

Procedure . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee (or Committees) appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. If and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the Board shall consider in selecting the Administrator and the membership of any committee acting as Administrator the requirements regarding: (i) “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) “independent directors” as described in the listing requirements for any stock exchange on which Shares are listed; and (iii) Section 15(b)(i) of the Plan, if the Company pays salaries for which it claims deductions that are subject to the Code section 162(m) limitation on its U.S. tax returns. The Board may delegate the responsibility for administering the Plan with respect to designated classes of eligible Participants to different committees consisting of two or more members of the Board, subject to such limitations as the Board or the Administrator deems appropriate. Committee members shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the Board at any time.

     
b.

Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the approval of any relevant authorities, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

i.           to determine the Fair Market Value;

ii.           to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

iii.           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

iv.           to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

v.           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to,

5


the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on continued employment, continued service or performance criteria), any vesting acceleration (whether by reason of a Change of Control or otherwise) or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine;

vi.           to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, including the right to construe disputed or doubtful Plan and Award provisions;

vii.           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

viii.           to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19(c) ) to the extent any modification or amendment is consistent with the terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall have the discretion to extend the exercise period of Options generally provided the exercise period is not extended beyond the earlier of the original term of the Option or 10 years from the original grant date, or specifically (1) if the exercise period of an Option is extended (but to no more than 10 years from the original grant date) at a time when the exercise price equals or exceeds the fair market value of the Optioned Shares or (2) an Option cannot be exercised because such exercise would violate Applicable Laws, provided that the exercise period is not extended more than 30 days after the exercise of the Option would no longer violate Applicable Laws.

ix.           to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14 ;

x.           to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

xi.           to delay issuance of Shares or suspend Participant’s right to exercise an Award as deemed necessary to comply with Applicable Laws; and

xii.           to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

c.           Effect of Administrator's Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards. Any decision or action taken or to be taken by the Administrator, arising out of or in connection with the construction, administration, interpretation and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Laws, be within its absolute discretion (except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan) and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant.

5.

Eligibility . NSOs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs, Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers. ISOs may be granted as specified in Section 15(a) .

   
6.

Stock Options .

a.           Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options to Service Providers in such amounts as the

6


Administrator will determine in its sole discretion. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, Service Providers shall include prospective employees or consultants to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of employment or engagement of services, respectively, with the Company; provided that no Option granted to a prospective employee or consultant may be exercised prior to the commencement of employment or services with the Company. The Administrator may grant NSOs, ISOs, or any combination of the two. ISOs shall be granted in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Plan.

b.           Option Award Agreement . Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the Option price, the exercise date, the term of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other terms and conditions (which need not be identical among Participants) as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. If the Award Agreement does not specify that the Option is to be treated as an ISO, the Option shall be deemed a NSO.

c.           Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be no less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date.

d.           Term of Options . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. Unless terminated sooner in accordance with the remaining provisions of this Section 6, each Option shall expire either ten (10) years after the Grant Date, or after a shorter term as may be fixed by the Board. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Option may be exercised following termination of Service. Each Award Agreement shall provide the holder with the right to exercise the Option following the Service Provider’s termination of Service during the Option term, to the extent the Option was exercisable for vested Shares upon termination of Service, for at least thirty (30) days if termination of Service is due to any reason other than cause (as defined for this purpose by applicable law, the terms of the Award Agreement or a contract of employment), death or Disability, and for at least six (6) months after termination of Service if due to death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the Option term). If Service is terminated for cause, the Award Agreement may provide that the right to exercise the Option terminates immediately on the effective date of termination of Service. To the extent the Option was not exercisable for vested Shares upon termination of Service, the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of Service. Subject to the foregoing, such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

e.           Time and Form of Payment .

i.           Exercise Date . Each Award Agreement shall specify how and when Shares covered by an Option may be purchased. The Award Agreement may specify waiting periods, the dates on which Options become exercisable or “vested” and, subject to the termination provisions of this section, exercise periods. The Administrator may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof.

ii.           Exercise of Option . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (1) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (2) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with all applicable withholding taxes). Full

7


payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan (together with all applicable withholding taxes). Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 .

iii.           Payment . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of:

(1)           cash;

(2)           check;

(3)           to the extent not prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a promissory note;

(4)           other Shares, provided Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised;

(5)           to the extent not prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in accordance with any broker-assisted cashless exercise procedures approved by the Company and as in effect from time to time;

(6)           by asking the Company to withhold Shares from the total Shares to be delivered upon exercise equal to the number of Shares having a value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired;

(7)           any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

(8)           such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

f.           Forfeiture of Options . All unexercised Options shall be forfeited to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

7.

Restricted Stock .

a.           Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

8


b.           Restricted Stock Award Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions (which need not be identical among Participants) as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

c.           Vesting Conditions and Other Terms .

i.           Vesting Conditions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions on the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate, including but not limited to, achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The Administrator may, in its discretion, also provide for such complete or partial exceptions to an employment or service restriction as it deems equitable.

ii.           Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

iii.           Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

iv.           Transferability . Except as provided in this Section, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

d.           Removal of Restrictions . All restrictions imposed on Shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse and the Period of Restriction shall end upon the satisfaction of the vesting conditions imposed by the Administrator. Vested Shares of Restricted Stock will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the year in which vesting occurred.

e.           Forfeiture of Restricted Stock . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Shares of Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will be forfeited and revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8.

Restricted Stock Units .

a.           Grant of Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Stock Units to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

9


b.           Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the number of Restricted Stock Units granted, vesting criteria, form of payout, and such other terms and conditions (which need not be identical among Participants) as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

c.           Vesting Conditions . The Administrator shall set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion. At any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

d.           Time and Form of Payment . Upon satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions, payment of vested Restricted Stock Units shall occur in the manner and at the time provided in the Award Agreement, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the year in which vesting occurred. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Restricted Stock Units may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof at the sole discretion of the Administrator. Restricted Stock Units that are fully paid in cash will not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

e.           Forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units . All unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company on the date set forth in the Award Agreement and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9.

Stock Appreciation Rights .

a.           Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant SARs to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

b.           Award Agreement . Each SAR grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the number of Shares underlying the SAR grant, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions (which need not be identical among Participants) as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

c.           Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the exercise of an SAR will be no less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date.

d.           Term of SARs. The term of each SAR will be stated in the Award Agreement. Unless terminated sooner in accordance with the remaining provisions of this Section 9, each SAR shall expire either ten (10) years after the Grant Date, or after a shorter term as may be fixed by the Board. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the SAR may be exercised following termination of Service. Each Award Agreement shall provide the holder with the right to exercise the SAR following the Service Provider’s termination of Service during the SAR term, to the extent the SAR was vested upon termination of Service, for at least thirty (30) days if termination of Service is due to any reason other than cause (as defined for this purpose by applicable law, the terms of the Award Agreement or a contract of employment), death or Disability, and for at least six (6) months after termination of Service if due to death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the SAR term). If Service is terminated for cause, the Award Agreement may

10


provide that the right to exercise the SAR terminates immediately on the effective date of termination of Service. To the extent the SAR was not vested upon termination of Service, the SAR shall terminate on the date of termination of Service. Subject to the foregoing, such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

e.           Time and Form of Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount no greater than: (i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. An Award Agreement may provide for a SAR to be paid in cash, Shares of equivalent value, or a combination thereof.

f.           Forfeiture of SARs. All unexercised SARs shall be forfeited to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

10.

Performance Units and Performance Shares .

a.           Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares. Performance Units or Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

b.           Award Agreement . Each Award of Performance Units and Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the initial value, the Performance Period, the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions (which need not be identical among Participants) as the Administrator will determine in its sole discretion.

c.           Value of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the Grant Date. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

d.           Vesting Conditions and Performance Period . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units or Performance Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “ Performance Period .” The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

e.           Time and Form of Payment . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units or Performance Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of vested Performance Units or Performance Shares by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. Vested Performance Units or Performance Shares will be paid as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of

11


the year the applicable Performance Period expired. An Award Agreement may provide for the satisfaction of Performance Unit or Performance Share Awards in cash or Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the vested Performance Units or Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

f.           Forfeiture of Performance Units and Performance Shares . All unvested Performance Units or Performance Shares will be forfeited to the Company on the date set forth in the Award Agreement, and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

11.

Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Employee will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary.

   
12.

Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate, and transfers will be permitted only to a revocable trust or to one or more family members or a trust established for the benefit of the Participant and/or one or more family members to the extent permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

   
13.

Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

a.           Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall appropriately adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

b.           Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

c.           Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to vesting requirements and repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant than those in effect prior to the merger or Change in Control.

             In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and SARs, including Shares as to which such Awards

12


would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Performance Shares and Performance Units, all Performance Goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or SAR is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or SAR will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

          For the purposes of this Section 13(c) , an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) or, in the case of a SAR upon the exercise of which the Administrator determines to pay cash or a Performance Share or Performance Unit which the Administrator can determine to pay in cash, the fair market value of the consideration received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or SAR or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit, for each Share subject to such Award (or in the case of Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units, the number of implied shares determined by dividing the value of the Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units, as applicable, by the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control), to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

          Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant's consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation's post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

14.

Tax Withholding .

a.           Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes required by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

b.           Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be

13



withheld at the time the election is made. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

     
15.

Provisions Applicable In the Event the Company or the Service Provider is Subject to U.S. Taxation .

     
a.

Grant of Incentive Stock Options . If the Administrator grants Options to Employees subject to U.S. taxation, the Administrator may grant such Employee an ISO and the following terms shall also apply:

i.           Maximum Amount . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 , to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code, not more than an aggregate of Six Million, Five Hundred Thousand (6,500,000) Shares may be issued as ISOs under the Plan.

ii.           General Rule . Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

iii.           Continuous Employment . The Optionee must remain in the continuous employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries from the date the ISO is granted until not more than three months before the date on which it is exercised. A leave of absence approved by the Company may exceed ninety (90) days if reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave any ISO held by the Optionee will cease to be treated as an ISO.

iv.           Award Agreement .

(1)           The Administrator shall designate Options granted as ISOs in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), Options will not qualify as an ISO. For purposes of this section, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(2)           The Award Agreement shall specify the term of the ISO. The term shall not exceed ten (10) years from the Grant Date or five (5) years from the Grant Date for Ten Percent Owners.

(3)           The Award Agreement shall specify an exercise price of not less than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date for Ten Percent Owners.

(4)           The Award Agreement shall specify that an ISO is not transferable except by will, beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution.

14


v.           Form of Payment . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an ISO, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant in accordance with Section 6(e)(iii) .

vi.           “ Disability ”, for purposes of an ISO, means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

vii.           Notice . In the event of any disposition of the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO within two years from the Grant Date or one year from the exercise date, the Optionee will notify the Company thereof in writing within thirty (30) days after such disposition. In addition, the Optionee shall provide the Company with such information as the Company shall reasonably request in connection with determining the amount and character of Optionee’s income, the Company’s deduction, and the Company’s obligation to withhold taxes or other amounts incurred by reason of a disqualifying disposition, including the amount thereof.

  b.

Performance-based Compensation . If the Company pays salaries for which it claims deductions that are subject to the Code Section 162(m) limitation on its U.S. tax returns, then the following terms shall be applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of, and only to the extent required for compliance with, the exclusion from the limitation on deductibility of compensation under Code Section 162(m):

i.           Outside Directors . The Board shall consider in selecting the Administrator and the membership of any committee acting as Administrator the provisions regarding “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

ii.           Maximum Amount .

(1)           Subject to the provisions of Section 13 , the maximum number of Shares that can be awarded to any individual Participant in the aggregate in any one fiscal year of the Company is One Million, Nine Hundred and Fifty Thousand (1,950,000) Shares;

(2)           For Awards denominated in Shares and satisfied in cash, the maximum Award to any individual Participant in the aggregate in any one fiscal year of the Company is the Fair Market Value of One Million, Nine Hundred and Fifty Thousand (1,950,000) Shares on the Grant Date; and

(3)           The maximum amount payable pursuant to any cash Awards to any individual Participant in the aggregate in any one fiscal year of the Company is the Fair Market Value of One Million, Nine Hundred and Fifty Thousand (1,950,000) Shares on the Grant Date.

iii.           Performance Criteria . All performance criteria must be objective and be established in writing prior to the beginning of the performance period or at later time as permitted by Code Section 162(m). Performance criteria may include alternative and multiple performance goals and may be based on one or more business and/or financial criteria. In establishing the performance goals, the Committee in its discretion may include one or any combination of the following criteria in either absolute or relative terms, for the Company or any Subsidiary:

15



  (1)

Increased revenue;

     
  (2)

Net income measures (including but not limited to income after capital costs and income before or after taxes);

     
  (3)

Stock price measures (including but not limited to growth measures and total stockholder return);

     
  (4)

Market share;

     
  (5)

Earnings per Share (actual or targeted growth);

     
  (6)

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“ EBITDA ”);

     
  (7)

Cash flow measures (including but not limited to net cash flow and net cash flow before financing activities);

     
  (8)

Return measures (including but not limited to return on equity, return on average assets, return on capital, risk-adjusted return on capital, return on investors’ capital and return on average equity);

     
  (9)

Operating measures (including operating income, funds from operations, cash from operations, after-tax operating income, sales volumes, production volumes, and production efficiency);

     
  (10)

Expense measures (including but not limited to overhead cost and general and administrative expense);

     
  (11)

Margins;

     
  (12)

Stockholder value;

     
  (13)

Total stockholder return;

     
  (14)

Proceeds from dispositions;

     
  (15)

Production volumes;

     
  (16)

Total market value; and

     
  (17)

Corporate values measures (including but not limited to ethics compliance, environmental, and safety).


  c.

Stock Options and SARs Exempt from Code section 409A . If the Administrator grants Options or SARs to Employees subject to U.S. taxation the Administrator may not modify or amend the Options or SARs to the extent that the modification or amendment adds a feature allowing for additional deferral within the meaning of Code section 409A.


16.

No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, nor will they interfere in any way

16



with the Participant's right or the Company's or its Parent’s or Subsidiary’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

   
17.

Effective Date . The Plan’s effective date is the date on which it is adopted by the Board, so long as it is approved by the Company’s stockholders at any time within twelve (12) months of such adoption. Upon approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company, all Awards issued pursuant to the Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be fully effective as if the stockholders of the Company had approved the Plan on the Effective Date. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within one year after the Effective Date, any Awards made hereunder shall be null and void and of no effect.

   
18.

Term of Plan . The Plan will terminate 10 years following the earlier of (i) the date it was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date it became effective upon approval by stockholders of the Company, unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 19 .

   
19.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

a.           Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

b.           Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

c.           Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20.

Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

a.           Legal Compliance . The Administrator may delay or suspend the issuance and delivery of Shares, suspend the exercise of Options or SARs, or suspend the Plan as necessary to comply Applicable Laws. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

b.           Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21.

Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

17



22.

Repricing Prohibited; Exchange And Buyout of Awards . The repricing of Options or SARs is prohibited without prior stockholder approval. The Administrator may authorize the Company, with prior stockholder approval and the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Option or SAR Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Administrator may at any time repurchase Options with payment in cash, Shares or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator and the Participant shall agree.

   
23.

Substitution and Assumption of Awards . The Administrator may make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution or replacement of performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards granted by another entity (including an Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution or replacement is connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its affiliate). The Administrator may also make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution or replacement of a similar type of award granted by the Company prior to the adoption and approval of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan), the terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced Awards shall be as the Administrator, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

   
24.

Governing Law . The Plan and all Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Nevada.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on December 6, 2011

18



Exhibit 4.6

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

LEATT CORPORATION 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms in the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) have the same meanings as defined in the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
   
  Optionee: DR. CHRISTOPHER J. LEATT                                                                                                                                                              
   
  Address: 10 Sidmouth Avenue, Claremont Upper, Cape Town, South Africa 7708                                                                                        

     You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

  Grant Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Vesting Commencement Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Exercise Price per Share: $0.04
     
  Total Number of Shares Granted: 1,300,000
     
  Total Exercise Price: $52,000
     
  Type of Option: Nonstatutory Stock Option
     
  Expiration Date: Five (5) years after Grant Date

Vesting Schedule: 40% of the Options shall vest immediately on the Grant Date, 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2012, another 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2013 and the remaining 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2014; provided that the Optionee is employed by the Company on each vesting date.

Termination Period: To the extent vested, this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as defined in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after any termination of the Optionee as an Employee determined by the Company’s Board to be for Cause or after the Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.


           “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in Optionee’s written employment or service contract with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means Optionee’s (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses), or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with Optionee’s duties or willful failure to perform Optionee’s responsibilities in the best interests of the Company or its subsidiaries; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any rule, regulation, procedure or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by Optionee for the benefit of the Company or its subsidiaries, all as determined by the Company’s Board, which determination will be conclusive.

II.        AGREEMENT

          1.      Grant of Option . The Administrator grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement, an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan prevail.

                    If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code section 422. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code section 422(d), this Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

2.      Exercise of Option .

                    (a)       Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

                    (b)       Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by (i) delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company and (ii) paying the Company in full the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares being acquired, together with any applicable tax withholding.

                    This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

-2-


                    No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise of Shares complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to the Shares.

          3.      Method of Payment . The aggregate Exercise Price may be paid by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

                    (a)      cash;

                    (b)      check;

                    (c)      promissory note;

                    (d)      other Shares, provided Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised;

                    (e)      by asking the Company to withhold Shares from the total Shares to be delivered upon exercise equal to the number of Shares having a value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired;

                    (f)      any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

                    (g)      such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

          4.      Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised (a) until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or (b) if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. The Company will be relieved of any liability with respect to any delayed issuance of shares or its failure to issue shares if such delay or failure is necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

          5.       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

          6.      Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during the term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

          7.       Tax Obligations .

                    (a)      Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to arrange for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the

-3-


exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

                    (b)      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Optionee must immediately notify the Company of the disposition in writing. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

                    (c)      Code Section 409A. Under Code section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date (a “discount option”) may be considered deferred compensation. An Option that is a discount option may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, Optionee will be solely responsible for any and all resulting tax consequences.

          8.      No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

          9.       Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if (i) personally delivered or sent by telecopy, (ii) sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

          if to the Optionee, to the address (or telecopy number) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant; and

-4-


if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at the address set forth below:

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

or to any other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any communication will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, or when telecopied, if telecopied, (ii) on the first Business Day (as hereinafter defined) after dispatch, if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier and (iii) on the fourth Business Day following the date on which the piece of mail containing the communication is posted, if sent by mail. As used herein, “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city to which the notice or communication is to be sent are not required to be open.

          10.      Specific Performance . Optionee expressly agrees that the Company will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan are not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Option Agreement or the Plan by the Optionee, the Company will, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled to a temporary or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof. The Administrator has the power to determine what constitutes a breach or threatened breach of this Option Agreement or the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive and binding upon the Optionee.

          11.      No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Option Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

          12.      Optionee Undertaking . The Optionee agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Option Agreement.

          13.      Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and the Plan.

          14.      Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

          15.      Counterparts; Facsimile Execution . This Option Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together

-5-


constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Option Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes.

          16.       Entire Agreement . The Plan, this Option Agreement, and upon execution, the Exercise Notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          17.      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Option Agreement, and this Option Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

          18.       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE OPTIONEE EXPRESSLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

          19.      Exchange Control . The Optionee hereby consents that the Company may disclose the Optionee’s personal information, which may include but is not limited to, the Optionee’s name, identity number, the number and value of the Shares forming the subject matter of the Option, the date of the award and the date on which the Option may be exercised, to the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank and/or any authorised dealer in foreign exchange, in order to comply with the South African exchange control requirements relating to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Notwithistanding the aforegoing, the Optionee agrees that he/she shall take such actions as are necessary in order to comply with any applicable South African exchange control requirements in respect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

(Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally)

-6-


          Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
Dr. Christopher J. Leatt   Sean MacDonald
Print Name   Print Name
     
See Notice Page   Chief Executive Officer
Residence Address              Title


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

Attention: _______________, _________________

          1.      Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, _____________, _____, the undersigned (“Optionee”) elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Leatt Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ____________, ____ (the “Option Agreement”).

          2.      Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

          3.      Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

          4.      Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. Subject to the requirements of Section 6 below, the Shares will be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in the Plan.

          5.       Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

          6.       Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice,


or (ii) be required to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

          7.       Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice inures to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice is binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

         8.       Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice will be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator for review at its next regular meeting. The resolution of disputes by the Administrator will be final and binding on all parties.

          9.       Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Exercise to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

          10.       Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be provided in writing and deemed effective if provided in the manner specified in the Option Agreement.

          11.       Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute any further instruments and to take any further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice.

          12.       Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          13.       Exchange Control . The Optionee hereby consents that the Company may disclose the Optionee’s personal information, which may include but is not limited to, the Optionee’s name, identity number, the number and value of the Shares forming the subject matter of the Option, the date of the award and the date on which the Option may be exercised, to the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank and/or any authorised dealer in foreign exchange, in order to comply with the South African exchange control requirements relating to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Notwithistanding the aforegoing, the Optionee agrees that he/she shall take such actions as are necessary in order to comply with any applicable South African exchange control requirements in respect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

-2-



Submitted by :   Accepted by :
     
     
OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
     
Residence Address   Date Received



Exhibit 4.7

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

LEATT CORPORATION 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

          Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms in the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) have the same meanings as defined in the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee: SEAN MACDONALD                                                                                                                                                                       

   

Address: 305 Portman Place, 21 Fir Road, Bantry Bay, Cape Town, South Africa 8005                                                                            

     You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

  Grant Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Vesting Commencement Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Exercise Price per Share: $0.04
     
  Total Number of Shares Granted: 1,950,000
     
  Total Exercise Price: $78,000
     
  Type of Option: Nonstatutory Stock Option
     
  Expiration Date: Five (5) years after Grant Date

Vesting Schedule: 40% of the Options shall vest immediately on the Grant Date, 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2012, another 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2013 and the remaining 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2014; provided that the Optionee is employed by the Company on each vesting date.

Termination Period: To the extent vested, this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as defined in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after any termination of the Optionee as an Employee determined by the Company’s Board to be for Cause or after the Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan .


           “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in Optionee’s written employment or service contract with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means Optionee’s (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses), or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with Optionee’s duties or willful failure to perform Optionee’s responsibilities in the best interests of the Company or its subsidiaries; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any rule, regulation, procedure or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by Optionee for the benefit of the Company or its subsidiaries, all as determined by the Company’s Board, which determination will be conclusive.

II.        AGREEMENT

          1.       Grant of Option . The Administrator grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement, an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan prevail.

                    If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code section 422. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code section 422(d), this Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

          2.       Exercise of Option .

                    (a)       Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

                    (b)       Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by (i) delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company and (ii) paying the Company in full the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares being acquired, together with any applicable tax withholding.

                    This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

-2-


                         No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise of Shares complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to the Shares.

          3.      Method of Payment . The aggregate Exercise Price may be paid by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

                    (a)      cash;

                    (b)      check;

                    (c)      promissory note;

                   (d)      other Shares, provided Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised;

                    (e)      by asking the Company to withhold Shares from the total Shares to be delivered upon exercise equal to the number of Shares having a value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired;

                    (f)      any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

                    (g)      such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

          4.      Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised (a) until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or (b) if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. The Company will be relieved of any liability with respect to any delayed issuance of shares or its failure to issue shares if such delay or failure is necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

          5.       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

          6.       Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during the term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

          7.       Tax Obligations .

                    (a)       Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to arrange for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the

-3-


exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

                    (b)      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Optionee must immediately notify the Company of the disposition in writing. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

                    (c)      Code Section 409A. Under Code section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date (a “discount option”) may be considered deferred compensation. An Option that is a discount option may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, Optionee will be solely responsible for any and all resulting tax consequences.

          8.      No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

          9.      Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if (i) personally delivered or sent by telecopy, (ii) sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

                    if to the Optionee, to the address (or telecopy number) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant; and

-4-


if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at the address set forth below:

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

or to any other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any communication will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, or when telecopied, if telecopied, (ii) on the first Business Day (as hereinafter defined) after dispatch, if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier and (iii) on the fourth Business Day following the date on which the piece of mail containing the communication is posted, if sent by mail. As used herein, “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city to which the notice or communication is to be sent are not required to be open.

          10.       Specific Performance . Optionee expressly agrees that the Company will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan are not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Option Agreement or the Plan by the Optionee, the Company will, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled to a temporary or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof. The Administrator has the power to determine what constitutes a breach or threatened breach of this Option Agreement or the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive and binding upon the Optionee.

          11.       No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Option Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

          12.      Optionee Undertaking . The Optionee agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Option Agreement.

          13.      Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and the Plan.

          14.      Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

          15.      Counterparts; Facsimile Execution . This Option Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together

-5-


constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Option Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes.

          16.      Entire Agreement . The Plan, this Option Agreement, and upon execution, the Exercise Notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          17.      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Option Agreement, and this Option Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

          18.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE OPTIONEE EXPRESSLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

          19.       Exchange Control . The Optionee hereby consents that the Company may disclose the Optionee’s personal information, which may include but is not limited to, the Optionee’s name, identity number, the number and value of the Shares forming the subject matter of the Option, the date of the award and the date on which the Option may be exercised, to the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank and/or any authorised dealer in foreign exchange, in order to comply with the South African exchange control requirements relating to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Notwithistanding the aforegoing, the Optionee agrees that he/she shall take such actions as are necessary in order to comply with any applicable South African exchange control requirements in respect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

(Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally)

-6-


          Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
Sean MacDonald   Dr. Christopher J. Leatt
Print Name   Print Name
     
See Notice Page   Chairman
Residence Address   Title


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

Attention: _______________, _________________

          1.       Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, _____________, _____, the undersigned (“Optionee”) elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Leatt Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ____________, ____ (the “Option Agreement”).

          2.      Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

          3.      Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

          4.       Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. Subject to the requirements of Section 6 below, the Shares will be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in the Plan.

          5.      Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

          6.       Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice,


or (ii) be required to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

          7.      Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice inures to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice is binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

          8.       Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice will be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator for review at its next regular meeting. The resolution of disputes by the Administrator will be final and binding on all parties.

          9.       Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Exercise to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

          10.      Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be provided in writing and deemed effective if provided in the manner specified in the Option Agreement.

          11.      Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute any further instruments and to take any further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice.

          12.       Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          13.      Exchange Control . The Optionee hereby consents that the Company may disclose the Optionee’s personal information, which may include but is not limited to, the Optionee’s name, identity number, the number and value of the Shares forming the subject matter of the Option, the date of the award and the date on which the Option may be exercised, to the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank and/or any authorised dealer in foreign exchange, in order to comply with the South African exchange control requirements relating to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Notwithistanding the aforegoing, the Optionee agrees that he/she shall take such actions as are necessary in order to comply with any applicable South African exchange control requirements in respect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

-2-



Submitted by :   Accepted by :
     
     
OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
     
Residence Address   Date Received

-3-



Exhibit 4.8

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

LEATT CORPORATION 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

             Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms in the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) have the same meanings as defined in the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee:   PHIL DAVY                                                                                                                                                       

   

Address: 1546 Deodora Street, Simi Valley, California 93065 USA                                                                                

     You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

  Grant Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Vesting Commencement Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Exercise Price per Share: $0.04
     
  Total Number of Shares Granted: 975,000
     
  Total Exercise Price: $39,000
     
  Type of Option: Incentive Stock Option
     
  Expiration Date: Five (5) years after Grant Date

Vesting Schedule:             40% of the Options shall vest immediately on the Grant Date, 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2012, another 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2013 and the remaining 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2014; provided that the Optionee is employed by the Company on each vesting date.

Termination Period:             To the extent vested, this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as defined in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after any termination of the Optionee as an Employee determined by the Company’s Board to be for Cause or after the Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan .


           “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in Optionee’s written employment or service contract with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means Optionee’s (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses), or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with Optionee’s duties or willful failure to perform Optionee’s responsibilities in the best interests of the Company or its subsidiaries; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any rule, regulation, procedure or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by Optionee for the benefit of the Company or its subsidiaries, all as determined by the Company’s Board, which determination will be conclusive.

II.       AGREEMENT

          1.      Grant of Option . The Administrator grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement, an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan prevail.

                    If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code section 422. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code section 422(d), this Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

          2.       Exercise of Option .

                    (a)      Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

                    (b)      Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by (i) delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company and (ii) paying the Company in full the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares being acquired, together with any applicable tax withholding.

                    This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

-2-


                         No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise of Shares complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to the Shares.

          3.      Method of Payment . The aggregate Exercise Price may be paid by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

                    (a)      cash;

                    (b)      check;

                    (c)      promissory note;

                    (d)      other Shares, provided Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised;

                    (e)      by asking the Company to withhold Shares from the total Shares to be delivered upon exercise equal to the number of Shares having a value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired;

                    (f)      any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

                    (g)      such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

          4.       Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised (a) until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or (b) if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. The Company will be relieved of any liability with respect to any delayed issuance of shares or its failure to issue shares if such delay or failure is necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

          5.       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

          6.       Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during the term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

          7.       Tax Obligations .

                    (a)       Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to arrange for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the

-3-


exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

                    (b)      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Optionee must immediately notify the Company of the disposition in writing. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

                    (c)       Code Section 409A. Under Code section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date (a “discount option”) may be considered deferred compensation. An Option that is a discount option may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, Optionee will be solely responsible for any and all resulting tax consequences.

          8.       No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

          9.       Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if (i) personally delivered or sent by telecopy, (ii) sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

          if to the Optionee, to the address (or telecopy number) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant; and

-4-


if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at the address set forth below:

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

or to any other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any communication will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, or when telecopied, if telecopied, (ii) on the first Business Day (as hereinafter defined) after dispatch, if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier and (iii) on the fourth Business Day following the date on which the piece of mail containing the communication is posted, if sent by mail. As used herein, “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city to which the notice or communication is to be sent are not required to be open.

          10.       Specific Performance . Optionee expressly agrees that the Company will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan are not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Option Agreement or the Plan by the Optionee, the Company will, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled to a temporary or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof. The Administrator has the power to determine what constitutes a breach or threatened breach of this Option Agreement or the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive and binding upon the Optionee.

          11.       No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Option Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

          12.       Optionee Undertaking . The Optionee agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Option Agreement.

          13.      Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and the Plan.

          14.      Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

          15.       Counterparts; Facsimile Execution . This Option Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together

-5-


constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Option Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes.

          16.      Entire Agreement . The Plan, this Option Agreement, and upon execution, the Exercise Notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          17.       Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Option Agreement, and this Option Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

          18.       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE OPTIONEE EXPRESSLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

(Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally)

-6-


          Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
Phil Davy   Sean MacDonald
Print Name   Print Name
     
See Notice Page   Chief Executive Officer
Residence Address   Title


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

Attention: _______________, _________________

          1.      Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, _____________, _____, the undersigned (“Optionee”) elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Leatt Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ____________, ____ (the “Option Agreement”).

          2.       Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

          3.      Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

          4.       Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. Subject to the requirements of Section 6 below, the Shares will be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in the Plan.

          5.       Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

          6.      Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice,


or (ii) be required to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

          7.       Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice inures to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice is binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

          8.      Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice will be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator for review at its next regular meeting. The resolution of disputes by the Administrator will be final and binding on all parties.

          9.      Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Exercise to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

          10.      Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be provided in writing and deemed effective if provided in the manner specified in the Option Agreement.

          11.       Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute any further instruments and to take any further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice.

          12.      Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

[Signature Page Follows]

-2-



Submitted by :   Accepted by :
     
     
OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
     
Residence Address   Date Received



Exhibit 4.9

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

LEATT CORPORATION 2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

          Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms in the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) have the same meanings as defined in the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee: ERIK OLSSON                                                                                                                                                                     

   

Address: Bultv 11, SE-831 61 Ostersund, Jämtland, Sweden                                                                                                          

          You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

  Grant Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Vesting Commencement Date: February 1, 2012
     
  Exercise Price per Share: $0.04
     
  Total Number of Shares Granted: 975,000
     
  Total Exercise Price: $39,000
     
  Type of Option: Nonstatutory Stock Option
     
  Expiration Date: Five (5) years after Grant Date

Vesting Schedule: 40% of the Options shall vest immediately on the Grant Date, 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2012, another 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2013 and the remaining 20% of the Options will vest on December 31, 2014; provided that the Optionee is employed by the Company on each vesting date.

Termination Period: To the extent vested, this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as defined in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after any termination of the Optionee as an Employee determined by the Company’s Board to be for Cause or after the Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan .


           “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term or words of similar import in Optionee’s written employment or service contract with the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary and, in the absence of such agreement or definition, means Optionee’s (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) fraud on or misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any affiliate, customer or vendor; (iii) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses), or breach of fiduciary duty which involves personal profit; (iv) willful misconduct in connection with Optionee’s duties or willful failure to perform Optionee’s responsibilities in the best interests of the Company or its subsidiaries; (v) illegal use or distribution of drugs; (vi) violation of any rule, regulation, procedure or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries; or (vii) breach of any provision of any employment, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement executed by Optionee for the benefit of the Company or its subsidiaries, all as determined by the Company’s Board, which determination will be conclusive.

II.        AGREEMENT

          1.      Grant of Option . The Administrator grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement, an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan prevail.

                    If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code section 422. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code section 422(d), this Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

          2.       Exercise of Option .

                    (a)       Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

                    (b)      Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by (i) delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company and (ii) paying the Company in full the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares being acquired, together with any applicable tax withholding.

                    This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

-2-


                    No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise of Shares complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to the Shares.

          3.      Method of Payment . The aggregate Exercise Price may be paid by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

                    (a)      cash;

                    (b)      check;

                    (c)      promissory note;

                    (d)      other Shares, provided Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised;

                    (e)      by asking the Company to withhold Shares from the total Shares to be delivered upon exercise equal to the number of Shares having a value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being acquired;

                    (f)      any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

                    (g)      such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

          4.      Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised (a) until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or (b) if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. The Company will be relieved of any liability with respect to any delayed issuance of shares or its failure to issue shares if such delay or failure is necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

          5.       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

          6.      Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during the term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

          7.       Tax Obligations .

                    (a)       Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to arrange for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the

-3-


exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

                    (b)      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Optionee must immediately notify the Company of the disposition in writing. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

                    (c)       Code Section 409A. Under Code section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date (a “discount option”) may be considered deferred compensation. An Option that is a discount option may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, Optionee will be solely responsible for any and all resulting tax consequences.

          8.       No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

          9.      Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if (i) personally delivered or sent by telecopy, (ii) sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or (iii) sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

          if to the Optionee, to the address (or telecopy number) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant; and

-4-


if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at the address set forth below:

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

or to any other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Any communication will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, or when telecopied, if telecopied, (ii) on the first Business Day (as hereinafter defined) after dispatch, if sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier and (iii) on the fourth Business Day following the date on which the piece of mail containing the communication is posted, if sent by mail. As used herein, “Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city to which the notice or communication is to be sent are not required to be open.

          10.       Specific Performance . Optionee expressly agrees that the Company will be irreparably damaged if the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan are not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Option Agreement or the Plan by the Optionee, the Company will, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled to a temporary or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof. The Administrator has the power to determine what constitutes a breach or threatened breach of this Option Agreement or the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive and binding upon the Optionee.

          11.      No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Option Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

          12.       Optionee Undertaking . The Optionee agrees to take whatever additional actions and execute whatever additional documents the Company may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on the Optionee pursuant to the express provisions of this Option Agreement.

          13.       Modification of Rights . The rights of the Optionee are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and the Plan.

          14.       Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

          15.      Counterparts; Facsimile Execution . This Option Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together

-5-


constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Option Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes.

          16.       Entire Agreement . The Plan, this Option Agreement, and upon execution, the Exercise Notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

          17.       Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Option Agreement, and this Option Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

          18.       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE OPTIONEE EXPRESSLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

(Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally)

-6-


          Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
Erik Olsson   Sean MacDonald
Print Name   Print Name
     
See address on Notice page   Chief Executive Officer
Residence Address   Title


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Leatt® Corporation
50 Kiepersol Crescent
Atlas Gardens, Contermanskloof
Durbanville, 7550, Cape Town
Republic of South Africa

Attention: _______________, _________________

          1.       Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, _____________, _____, the undersigned (“Optionee”) elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Leatt Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Leatt Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ____________, ____ (the “Option Agreement”).

          2.       Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

          3.       Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

          4.       Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. Subject to the requirements of Section 6 below, the Shares will be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in the Plan.

          5.       Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

          6.       Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice,


or (ii) be required to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

          7.       Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice inures to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice is binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

          8.       Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice will be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator for review at its next regular meeting. The resolution of disputes by the Administrator will be final and binding on all parties.

          9.      Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to its conflict or choice of law principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Exercise to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

          10.       Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be provided in writing and deemed effective if provided in the manner specified in the Option Agreement.

          11.       Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute any further instruments and to take any further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice.

          12.       Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

[Signature Page Follows]

-2-



Submitted by :   Accepted by :
     
     
OPTIONEE   LEATT CORPORATION, INC.
     
     
Signature   By
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
     
Residence Address   Date Received



Exhibit 10.1








Exhibit 10.2














Exhibit 10.3





Exhibit 10.4




Exhibit 10.5

 











Exhibit 10.6










Exhibit 10.7


































Exhibit 10.8























Exhibit 10.9



Exhibit 10. 10






Exhibit 10.11


Leatt ® Business Terms

Date:   02/28/2010
     
Valid:  

Business terms here within are valid until further notice of new business terms.

   

Pricing:  

Please refer to separate price list Motorcycle, Bicycle, Kart and Automotive.

   

Shipping terms:  

All orders ship C&F (Cost & Freight).

   

Leatt ® pay ocean freight from Leatt ® factory to Distributor nearest port in Europe.

   

Container and/or LCL (Less than Container Load) ocean freight is covered by Leatt ® .

   

Air shipping costs are fully covered by Distributor.

   

Payment terms:  

10% deposit latest 7 days (1 week) after ordering. 90% payment before shipping.

   

Customers with perfect credit rating will pay the 90% 30d after shipping.

New customers pay 10% deposit latest 7 days (1 week) after ordering. 90% payment before shipping until Leatt ® has established a payment record with the new customer.

   

Orders:  

All order shall be submitted by e-mail to erik@leatt-brace.com

   

Order dates:  

Order Group 1

For all products in order group 1 order date is the last day every month. Orders in order group 1 received after that day will automatically be moved to last day the following month! If this happens you will be advised by Leatt ® .

   

   

Order Group 2

For all products in order group 2 order date is the last day every 3 month. First date 2010-02-28 followed by 2010-05-31, 2010-08-31 and so on. Orders in order group 2 received after that day will automatically be moved to last day the 3 months later! If this happens you will be advised by Leatt ® .

   

   

Order Group 3

   

For all products in order group 3 order dates will be advised by Leatt ® separately.

   

   

In the Leatt ® price list you will find which order group the part number belong to.

   

Moq:

MOQ - Minimum Order Quantities apply for each order. Braces MOQ is min 50 pcs total all brace part numbers. Protection MOQ is min 75 pcs total all protection part numbers

   

Order confirm:  

Leatt ® will send order confirmation and deposit invoice with in 2 working days.

   

Lead time:  

Order Group 1 and 2. Lead time is within 60d + shipping.

    Order Group 3 Lead time will be advised separately




Spare parts:

It is compulsory by Distributor to order spare parts with the brace order. The price list for spare parts are for order with the braces. Emergency stock of spare parts is available at Leatt ® Cape Town. Leatt ® Cape Town spare parts stock have 25% higher price and shipping terms are ex works Leatt ® Cape Town

   

Race support:

Leatt ® distributor is obliged to make a national Race Support plan together with Leatt ® . In general Distributor are adviced to have Leatt ® Race Support at international races in the sales territory. Distributor or/and dealer are adviced also to have presence national events and other premium events in the territory. Leatt ® will after setting the Race Support plan with the distributor free of charge supply distributor with a Race Support Kit. Please se price list regarding content of the kit.

   

Exhibitions:  

Leatt ® distributor is obliged to make a national exhibition plan with Leatt ® .

   

Meeting:  

Leatt ® distributor is obliged to attend our distributors meetings when held in Europe

   

Booking:

Leatt ® and Distributor joint plan booking program for the dealers to make dealers stock. Booking program support by Leatt ® to be negotiated.

   

Promotion:

Leatt ® will supply promotion material. Please see price list. Shop display program is to be set with the Distributor. Target is to have x% of all dealers in the territory to have a Leatt ® shop display i.e. dealers are stocking Leatt ® . X to be set by Leatt ® and distributor together.

   

Marketing:  

Leatt ® and Distributor joint plan national and local marketing.

   

Distributor have a marketing account at Leatt ® which is 3% of turnover.

   

50/50 market support is paid by Leatt ® in product.

   

50% of advert cost is covered by Leatt ® at presentation of advert and cost.

   

Adverts have to be pre-approved by Leatt ®

   

The marketing account can not be saved to next year.

   

Updated marketing account status every month.

   

Stock:

Distributor will be advised by Leatt ® to present their Leatt ® stock situation monthly. This for better Leatt ® production planning.

Trademarks

The Distributor shall be entitled, during the term of the Distributorship created by this Agreement and any extension thereof, to advertise and hold itself out as an authorized Distributor of the Products. At all times during the term of this Agreement and any extension thereof, the Distributor may use the Trademarks in all approved advertisements and other activities conducted by the Distributor to promote the sale of the Products.

The Distributor agrees to follow the long term marketing communication strategy as directed by the Company.

The Distributor shall submit examples of all proposed advertisements and other promotional materials for the Products to the Company for inspection and the Distributor shall not use any such advertisements or promotional materials without having received the prior written consent of Company to do so. The Distributor shall not, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, have or acquire any right, title or interest in or to the Trademarks.

   

Consent to  

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the formation,




Jurisdiction regarding disputes between the Parties

interpretation, breach or termination thereof, including whether the claims asserted are arbitrable, will be referred to and finally determined by the South African laws of arbitration in accordance with the arbitration Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa ('AFSA') as amended from time to time. The exclusive location of all hearings and proceedings for the arbitration will be Cape Town, South Africa. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings will be English. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section shall bar any legal proceedings commenced prior to or in lieu of the mandatory arbitration required under this Section and shall be final and binding on the parties.

   

Termination of Relationship

Either Party may cancel the Relationship upon given the other party 3 (three) calendar months written notice for any reason whatsoever. No indemnity, severance, damages, or compensation shall be deemed earned or payable to the Distributor upon termination because of the Distributor's activities done or performed while this Agreement was in effect, or because of the expenditures, investments, leases, agreements, or commitments given or made in connection with the creation, development, maintenance, growth, expansion, and financing of such distributorship, or because of the creation or existence of distributorship goodwill.




Exhibit 10. 12








Exhibit 10. 13





Exhibit 10. 14






Exhibit 10. 15









Exhibit 10. 16



























Exhibit 10. 17





Exhibit 14.1

CODE OF ETHICS

I. Objectives

Leatt Corporation and its subsidiaries (together, the “ Company ”) is committed to the highest level of ethical behavior. The Company’s business success depends upon the reputation of the Company and its directors, officers and employees to perform with the highest level of integrity and principled business conduct.

This Code of Ethics (“ Code ”) applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, (collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”). This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote all of the following:

Current versions of the Code will be maintained on the Company’s Website and distributed periodically to all Covered Persons. Compliance with the Code is, first and foremost, the individual responsibility of every Covered Person.

This Code is not intended to cover every applicable law, or to provide answers to all questions that might arise; for such, the Company relies on each person’s sense of what is right, including a sense of when it is appropriate to seek guidance from others on an appropriate course of conduct.


II. Honest and Ethical Conduct

Each Covered Person must always conduct himself or herself in an honest and ethical manner. Each Covered Person must act with the highest standards of personal and professional integrity and must not tolerate others who attempt to deceive or evade responsibility for actions. Honest and ethical conduct must be a driving force in every decision made by a Covered Person while performing his or her duties for the Company. When in doubt as to whether an action is honest and ethical, each Covered Person shall seek advice from his or her immediate supervisor or senior management, as appropriate.

III. Conflicts of Interest

The term “conflict of interest” refers to any circumstance that would cast doubt on a Covered Person’s ability to act objectively when representing the Company’s interest. Covered Persons should not use their position or association with the Company for their own or their family’s personal gain, and should avoid situations in which their personal interests (or those of their family) conflict or overlap, or appear to conflict or overlap, with the Company’s best interests.

The following are examples of activities that give rise to a conflict of interest. These examples do not in any way limit the general scope of the Company’s policy regarding conflicts of interest.

-2-


It is our policy and it is expected that all Covered Persons should endeavor to avoid all situations that present an actual or apparent conflict of interest. All actual or apparent conflicts of interest must be handled honestly and ethically. If a Covered Person suspects that he or she may have a conflict of interest, that Covered Person is required to report the situation to, and to seek guidance from, his or her immediate supervisor or senior management, as appropriate. For purposes of this Code, directors, the principal executive officer, and the principal financial officer shall report any such conflict or potential conflict situations to the chairman of the audit committee, if one is created, and in the absence of an audit committee, to chairman of the board of directors. Officers (other than the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) and employees of the Company shall report any such situations to their immediate supervisor. It is the responsibility of the audit committee chairman or the chairman of the board, as applicable, to determine if a conflict of interest exists or whether such situation is likely to impair the Covered Persons ability to perform his or her assigned duties with the Company, and if such situation is determined to present a conflict, to determine the necessary resolution.

IV. Compliance with Applicable Laws, Rules And Regulations

Full compliance with the letter and the spirit of all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, and applicable rules and listing standards of any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities may be listed, is one of the foundations on which this Company’s ethical policies are built. All directors and executive officers of the Company must understand and take responsibility for the Company’s compliance with the applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations of the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates, and for complying with the applicable rules and listing standards of any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities may be listed.

V. Rules to Promote Full, Fair, Accurate, Timely and Understandable Disclosure

As a public Company, the Company has a responsibility to report financial information to security holders so that they are provided with accurate information in all material respects about the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. It is the policy of the Company to fully and fairly disclose the financial condition of the Company in compliance with applicable accounting principles, laws, rules and regulations. Further, it is the Company’s policy to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in all Company reports required to be filed with or submitted to the Commission, as required by applicable laws, rules and regulations then in effect, and in other public communications made by the Company.

Covered Persons may be called upon to provide or prepare necessary information to ensure that the Company’s public reports are complete, fair and understandable. The Company expects Covered Persons to take this responsibility seriously and to provide accurate information related to the Company’s public disclosure requirements.

All books and records of the Company shall fully and fairly reflect all Company transactions in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and any other financial reporting or accounting regulations to which the Company is subject. No entries to the Company’s books and records shall be made or omitted to intentionally conceal or disguise the true nature of any transaction. Covered Persons shall maintain all Company books and records in

-3-


accordance with the Company’s established disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting, as such controls may be amended from time to time.

The Company is committed to develop and operate a system of internal control policy over financial reporting and accounting record, to ensure all internal transactions are properly authorized and recorded, and are compliant with all applicable laws. The internal controls include but are not limited to written policies and procedures, superior examination and monitoring, budget control and other inspection and settlement. The Company is committed to develop and operate a system of disclosure procedures to ensure that all information is disclosed in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

All Covered Persons must report any questionable accounting or auditing matters that may come to their attention. This applies to all reports or records prepared for internal or external purposes. If any Covered Person has concerns or complaints regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters of the Company, Covered Person shall report such matters to his or her immediate supervisor. If the immediate supervisor is involved in the questionable accounting or auditing matter, or does not timely resolve the Covered Person’s concern, the Covered Person should submit their concerns to the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer. If the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer are involved in the questionable accounting or auditing matter, or do not timely resolve the Covered Person's concerns, the Covered person should submit his or her concern directly to the audit committee, if one be established, or to the board of directors in the absence of a designated audit committee. The reporting of any such matters may be done on a confidential basis, at the election of the Covered Person making the report.

VI. Competition and Fair Dealing

The Company seeks to outperform its competitors fairly and honestly. The Company does not seek competitive advantages through illegal or unethical business practices. Each Covered Person shall endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, service providers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No Covered Person shall take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any unfair dealing practice.

The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Company employee, family member of an employee or agent unless it: (i) is not a cash gift, (ii) is consistent with customary business practices, (iii) is not excessive in value, (iv) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff, and (v) does not violate any laws or regulations. Please discuss with the Company’s Compliance Officer any gifts which you are not certain are appropriate.

VII. Corporate Opportunities

Covered Persons are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position, or using Company property, information or position for personal gain. Covered Persons have a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interest when the opportunity to do so arises.

-4-


VIII. Confidentiality

Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of non-public, proprietary information regarding the Company, its customers or its suppliers, and shall use that information only to further the business interests of the Company, except where disclosure or other use is authorized by the Company or legally mandated. This includes information disseminated to employees in an effort to keep them informed or in connection with their work activities, but with the instruction, confidential labeling, or reasonable expectation that the information be kept confidential.

IX. Trading on Inside Information

Inside information includes any non-public information, whether favorable or unfavorable, that investors generally consider important in making investment decisions. Examples include financial results not yet released, imminent regulatory approval/disapproval of an alliance or other significant matter such as the purchase or sale of a business unit or significant assets, threatened litigation, or other significant facts about a business. No information obtained as the result of employment at, or a director’s service on the Board of, the Company may be used for personal profit or as the basis for a “tip” to others, unless such information has previously been made generally available to the public, and even in such circumstances, such information may be subject to other duties.

X. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

Covered Persons should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have an adverse impact on the Company and its profitability. Company assets may only be used for legitimate Company business purposes.

XI. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“ FCPA ”)

The FCPA prohibits the making of a payment and/or the offering of anything of value to any foreign government official, government agency, political party or political candidate in exchange for a business favor or when otherwise intended to influence the action taken by any such individual or agency or to gain any competitive or improper business advantage. Prohibitions of the FCPA apply to actions taken by all Covered Persons and by all outside parties engaged directly or indirectly by the Company (e.g., consultants, professional advisers, etc.). Given the complexity of the FCPA and the severe penalties associated with its violation, all Covered Persons are urged to contact the Company’s Compliance Officer at any time with any questions concerning the Company’s and their obligations under and in compliance with the FCPA.

XII. Fair Treatment

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity to all employees and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on nationality, national origin, sex, religion or any other protected class, avoid any discrimination or harassment for psychological or physiological defect.

The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthy work environment. Regardless of the status of the employee, the Company prohibits any sexual harassment to

-5-


employees of opposite sex through body or language. Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted.

XIII. Compliance with the Code; Discipline

Violation of this Code may result in serious consequences for the Company, its corporate reputation and credibility and the confidence level of its customers and investors. Sanctions against the Company for criminal or civil wrongdoing could include substantial fines and restrictions on future operations. Individual employees could be required to pay significant fines or be sentenced to prison. Therefore, violations will be taken seriously.

Company-imposed disciplinary action will be coordinated with the employee’s supervisor, the human resources department and the Company’s Compliance Officer. The overall seriousness of the matter will be considered in determining disciplinary action to be taken: which might include consequences up to and including dismissal. Individual cases may require an employee to reimburse the Company for losses or damages. The Company may even refer an employee for criminal prosecution, civil enforcement or a combination of the above.

Disciplinary action may also be taken against Covered Persons who condone, permit or have knowledge of illegal or unethical conduct by subordinates and do not take corrective action, and against Covered Persons who make false statements in connection with investigations of violations of this Code.

All Covered Persons will be held to the standards in this Code. Violating the Code, even if directed to do so by management is not justifiable. If a manager solicits actions in violation of this Code, the Covered Person should contact the Company’s Compliance Officer.

XIV. Reporting and Compliance procedure

Every Covered Person has the responsibility to ask questions, seek guidance, report suspected violations and express concerns regarding compliance with this Code. The Company’s Compliance Officer can be reached for explanation, clarification, and guidance of this Code at +27 (0) 21 557 7257 (telephone) or her office. Any employee, officer or director who knows or believes that any other employee or representative of the Company has engaged or is engaging in Company-related conduct that violates applicable law or this Code should report such information to the Compliance Officer. Covered Persons may report such conduct openly or anonymously without fear of retaliation. The Company will not discipline, discriminate against or retaliate against any employee who reports such conduct, unless it is determined that the report was made with knowledge that it was false, or who cooperates in any investigation or inquiry regarding such conduct. Any supervisor who receives a report of a violation of this Code must immediately inform the Compliance Officer.

Covered Persons may report violations of this Code on a confidential or anonymous basis, while the Company encourages reporting person to identify himself or herself when reporting violations so that the Company may follow up with the reporting person, as necessary, for additional information. Covered Person may report to the Compliance Officer at the Company’s most recent address set forth in its filings with the Commission.

-6-


If the Compliance Officer receives information regarding an alleged violation of this Code, he or she shall, in consultation with outside counsel, as appropriate, (a) evaluate such information, (b) if the alleged violation involves an executive officer or a director, inform the chief executive officers and Board of Directors of the alleged violation, (c) determine whether it is necessary to conduct an informal inquiry or a formal investigation and, if so, initiate such inquiry or investigation and (d) report the results of any such inquiry or investigation, together with a recommendation as to disposition of the matter, to the chief executive officers for action, or if the alleged violation involves an executive officer or a director, report the results of any such inquiry or investigation to the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. Covered Persons are expected to cooperate fully with any inquiry or investigation by the Company regarding an alleged violation of this Code.

Failure to cooperate with any such inquiry or investigation may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.

The Company shall determine whether violations of this Code have occurred and, if so, shall determine the disciplinary measures to be taken against any employee who has violated this Code. In the event that the alleged violation involves an executive officer or a director, the chief executive officers and the Board of Directors, respectively, shall determine whether a violation of this Code has occurred and, if so, shall determine the disciplinary measures to be taken against such executive officer or director.

Failure to comply with the standards outlined in this Code will result in disciplinary action including, but not limited to, reprimands, warnings, probation or suspension without pay, demotions, reductions in salary, discharge and restitution. Certain violations of this Code may require the Company to refer the matter to the appropriate governmental or regulatory authorities for investigation or prosecution. Moreover, any supervisor who directs or approves of any conduct in violation of this Code, or who has knowledge of such conduct and does not immediately report it, also will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.

XV. Waiver of the Code

While some of the policies contained in this Code must be strictly adhered to and no exceptions can be allowed, in other cases exceptions may be possible. Any request for a waiver of any provision of this Code must be in writing and addressed to the Board or the Audit Committee (if one be established), if made by an executive officer or a director, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, if made by an employee.

Any waiver of this Code may be made only by the independent directors on the board of directors, or by an authorized committee of the board of directors comprised solely of independent directors, and will be disclosed as required by law, Commission regulations, or the rules and listing standards of any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities may be listed.

Any waiver of this Code with respect to an officer or director must be approved by the Board or the Audit Committee, after consultation with the Company’s corporate or outside counsel, and will be disclosed as required by law, Commission regulations, or the rules and listing standards of any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities may be listed.

-7-


XVI. Dissemination and Amendment

This Code shall be distributed to each employee, officer and director of the Company upon commencement of his or her employment or other relationship with the Company. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter or terminate this Code at any time for any reason.

Adopted by the Board of Directors effective as of April 30, 2012.

-8-



EXHIBIT 21

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization   % Owned
         
Leatt Corporation, Incorporated in the State of Nevada   South Africa   100%
         
Two Eleven Distribution, LLC   California   100%
         
Leatt New Zealand Limited   New Zealand   100%
         
Leatt USA, LLC   Nevada   100%
         
Three Eleven Distribution (Pty) Limited   South African Company   100%